Details | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
| Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
|---|---|---|---|
| 14 | pmbaty | 1 | //===--- Expr.h - Classes for representing expressions ----------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
||
| 6 | // |
||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 8 | // |
||
| 9 | // This file defines the Expr interface and subclasses. |
||
| 10 | // |
||
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 12 | |||
| 13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H |
||
| 14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H |
||
| 15 | |||
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTVector.h" |
||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ComputeDependence.h" |
||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" |
||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h" |
||
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
||
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" |
||
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" |
||
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" |
||
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
||
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" |
||
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" |
||
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h" |
||
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
||
| 30 | #include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h" |
||
| 31 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
||
| 32 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
||
| 33 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
||
| 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h" |
||
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
||
| 36 | #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h" |
||
| 37 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
||
| 38 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
||
| 39 | #include <optional> |
||
| 40 | |||
| 41 | namespace clang { |
||
| 42 | class APValue; |
||
| 43 | class ASTContext; |
||
| 44 | class BlockDecl; |
||
| 45 | class CXXBaseSpecifier; |
||
| 46 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
||
| 47 | class CXXOperatorCallExpr; |
||
| 48 | class CastExpr; |
||
| 49 | class Decl; |
||
| 50 | class IdentifierInfo; |
||
| 51 | class MaterializeTemporaryExpr; |
||
| 52 | class NamedDecl; |
||
| 53 | class ObjCPropertyRefExpr; |
||
| 54 | class OpaqueValueExpr; |
||
| 55 | class ParmVarDecl; |
||
| 56 | class StringLiteral; |
||
| 57 | class TargetInfo; |
||
| 58 | class ValueDecl; |
||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | /// A simple array of base specifiers. |
||
| 61 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
||
| 62 | |||
| 63 | /// An adjustment to be made to the temporary created when emitting a |
||
| 64 | /// reference binding, which accesses a particular subobject of that temporary. |
||
| 65 | struct SubobjectAdjustment { |
||
| 66 | enum { |
||
| 67 | DerivedToBaseAdjustment, |
||
| 68 | FieldAdjustment, |
||
| 69 | MemberPointerAdjustment |
||
| 70 | } Kind; |
||
| 71 | |||
| 72 | struct DTB { |
||
| 73 | const CastExpr *BasePath; |
||
| 74 | const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass; |
||
| 75 | }; |
||
| 76 | |||
| 77 | struct P { |
||
| 78 | const MemberPointerType *MPT; |
||
| 79 | Expr *RHS; |
||
| 80 | }; |
||
| 81 | |||
| 82 | union { |
||
| 83 | struct DTB DerivedToBase; |
||
| 84 | FieldDecl *Field; |
||
| 85 | struct P Ptr; |
||
| 86 | }; |
||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | SubobjectAdjustment(const CastExpr *BasePath, |
||
| 89 | const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass) |
||
| 90 | : Kind(DerivedToBaseAdjustment) { |
||
| 91 | DerivedToBase.BasePath = BasePath; |
||
| 92 | DerivedToBase.DerivedClass = DerivedClass; |
||
| 93 | } |
||
| 94 | |||
| 95 | SubobjectAdjustment(FieldDecl *Field) |
||
| 96 | : Kind(FieldAdjustment) { |
||
| 97 | this->Field = Field; |
||
| 98 | } |
||
| 99 | |||
| 100 | SubobjectAdjustment(const MemberPointerType *MPT, Expr *RHS) |
||
| 101 | : Kind(MemberPointerAdjustment) { |
||
| 102 | this->Ptr.MPT = MPT; |
||
| 103 | this->Ptr.RHS = RHS; |
||
| 104 | } |
||
| 105 | }; |
||
| 106 | |||
| 107 | /// This represents one expression. Note that Expr's are subclasses of Stmt. |
||
| 108 | /// This allows an expression to be transparently used any place a Stmt is |
||
| 109 | /// required. |
||
| 110 | class Expr : public ValueStmt { |
||
| 111 | QualType TR; |
||
| 112 | |||
| 113 | public: |
||
| 114 | Expr() = delete; |
||
| 115 | Expr(const Expr&) = delete; |
||
| 116 | Expr(Expr &&) = delete; |
||
| 117 | Expr &operator=(const Expr&) = delete; |
||
| 118 | Expr &operator=(Expr&&) = delete; |
||
| 119 | |||
| 120 | protected: |
||
| 121 | Expr(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) |
||
| 122 | : ValueStmt(SC) { |
||
| 123 | ExprBits.Dependent = 0; |
||
| 124 | ExprBits.ValueKind = VK; |
||
| 125 | ExprBits.ObjectKind = OK; |
||
| 126 | assert(ExprBits.ObjectKind == OK && "truncated kind"); |
||
| 127 | setType(T); |
||
| 128 | } |
||
| 129 | |||
| 130 | /// Construct an empty expression. |
||
| 131 | explicit Expr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) : ValueStmt(SC) { } |
||
| 132 | |||
| 133 | /// Each concrete expr subclass is expected to compute its dependence and call |
||
| 134 | /// this in the constructor. |
||
| 135 | void setDependence(ExprDependence Deps) { |
||
| 136 | ExprBits.Dependent = static_cast<unsigned>(Deps); |
||
| 137 | } |
||
| 138 | friend class ASTImporter; // Sets dependence dircetly. |
||
| 139 | friend class ASTStmtReader; // Sets dependence dircetly. |
||
| 140 | |||
| 141 | public: |
||
| 142 | QualType getType() const { return TR; } |
||
| 143 | void setType(QualType t) { |
||
| 144 | // In C++, the type of an expression is always adjusted so that it |
||
| 145 | // will not have reference type (C++ [expr]p6). Use |
||
| 146 | // QualType::getNonReferenceType() to retrieve the non-reference |
||
| 147 | // type. Additionally, inspect Expr::isLvalue to determine whether |
||
| 148 | // an expression that is adjusted in this manner should be |
||
| 149 | // considered an lvalue. |
||
| 150 | assert((t.isNull() || !t->isReferenceType()) && |
||
| 151 | "Expressions can't have reference type"); |
||
| 152 | |||
| 153 | TR = t; |
||
| 154 | } |
||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | ExprDependence getDependence() const { |
||
| 157 | return static_cast<ExprDependence>(ExprBits.Dependent); |
||
| 158 | } |
||
| 159 | |||
| 160 | /// Determines whether the value of this expression depends on |
||
| 161 | /// - a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]) |
||
| 162 | /// - or an error, whose resolution is unknown |
||
| 163 | /// |
||
| 164 | /// For example, the array bound of "Chars" in the following example is |
||
| 165 | /// value-dependent. |
||
| 166 | /// @code |
||
| 167 | /// template<int Size, char (&Chars)[Size]> struct meta_string; |
||
| 168 | /// @endcode |
||
| 169 | bool isValueDependent() const { |
||
| 170 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Value); |
||
| 171 | } |
||
| 172 | |||
| 173 | /// Determines whether the type of this expression depends on |
||
| 174 | /// - a template paramter (C++ [temp.dep.expr], which means that its type |
||
| 175 | /// could change from one template instantiation to the next) |
||
| 176 | /// - or an error |
||
| 177 | /// |
||
| 178 | /// For example, the expressions "x" and "x + y" are type-dependent in |
||
| 179 | /// the following code, but "y" is not type-dependent: |
||
| 180 | /// @code |
||
| 181 | /// template<typename T> |
||
| 182 | /// void add(T x, int y) { |
||
| 183 | /// x + y; |
||
| 184 | /// } |
||
| 185 | /// @endcode |
||
| 186 | bool isTypeDependent() const { |
||
| 187 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Type); |
||
| 188 | } |
||
| 189 | |||
| 190 | /// Whether this expression is instantiation-dependent, meaning that |
||
| 191 | /// it depends in some way on |
||
| 192 | /// - a template parameter (even if neither its type nor (constant) value |
||
| 193 | /// can change due to the template instantiation) |
||
| 194 | /// - or an error |
||
| 195 | /// |
||
| 196 | /// In the following example, the expression \c sizeof(sizeof(T() + T())) is |
||
| 197 | /// instantiation-dependent (since it involves a template parameter \c T), but |
||
| 198 | /// is neither type- nor value-dependent, since the type of the inner |
||
| 199 | /// \c sizeof is known (\c std::size_t) and therefore the size of the outer |
||
| 200 | /// \c sizeof is known. |
||
| 201 | /// |
||
| 202 | /// \code |
||
| 203 | /// template<typename T> |
||
| 204 | /// void f(T x, T y) { |
||
| 205 | /// sizeof(sizeof(T() + T()); |
||
| 206 | /// } |
||
| 207 | /// \endcode |
||
| 208 | /// |
||
| 209 | /// \code |
||
| 210 | /// void func(int) { |
||
| 211 | /// func(); // the expression is instantiation-dependent, because it depends |
||
| 212 | /// // on an error. |
||
| 213 | /// } |
||
| 214 | /// \endcode |
||
| 215 | bool isInstantiationDependent() const { |
||
| 216 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Instantiation); |
||
| 217 | } |
||
| 218 | |||
| 219 | /// Whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
||
| 220 | /// pack (for C++11 variadic templates). |
||
| 221 | /// |
||
| 222 | /// Given the following function template: |
||
| 223 | /// |
||
| 224 | /// \code |
||
| 225 | /// template<typename F, typename ...Types> |
||
| 226 | /// void forward(const F &f, Types &&...args) { |
||
| 227 | /// f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...); |
||
| 228 | /// } |
||
| 229 | /// \endcode |
||
| 230 | /// |
||
| 231 | /// The expressions \c args and \c static_cast<Types&&>(args) both |
||
| 232 | /// contain parameter packs. |
||
| 233 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
||
| 234 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::UnexpandedPack); |
||
| 235 | } |
||
| 236 | |||
| 237 | /// Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors, e.g. a |
||
| 238 | /// TypoExpr. |
||
| 239 | bool containsErrors() const { |
||
| 240 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Error); |
||
| 241 | } |
||
| 242 | |||
| 243 | /// getExprLoc - Return the preferred location for the arrow when diagnosing |
||
| 244 | /// a problem with a generic expression. |
||
| 245 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 246 | |||
| 247 | /// Determine whether an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion should implicitly be |
||
| 248 | /// applied to this expression if it appears as a discarded-value expression |
||
| 249 | /// in C++11 onwards. This applies to certain forms of volatile glvalues. |
||
| 250 | bool isReadIfDiscardedInCPlusPlus11() const; |
||
| 251 | |||
| 252 | /// isUnusedResultAWarning - Return true if this immediate expression should |
||
| 253 | /// be warned about if the result is unused. If so, fill in expr, location, |
||
| 254 | /// and ranges with expr to warn on and source locations/ranges appropriate |
||
| 255 | /// for a warning. |
||
| 256 | bool isUnusedResultAWarning(const Expr *&WarnExpr, SourceLocation &Loc, |
||
| 257 | SourceRange &R1, SourceRange &R2, |
||
| 258 | ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 259 | |||
| 260 | /// isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to |
||
| 261 | /// the rules of the current language. C and C++ give somewhat |
||
| 262 | /// different rules for this concept, but in general, the result of |
||
| 263 | /// an l-value expression identifies a specific object whereas the |
||
| 264 | /// result of an r-value expression is a value detached from any |
||
| 265 | /// specific storage. |
||
| 266 | /// |
||
| 267 | /// C++11 divides the concept of "r-value" into pure r-values |
||
| 268 | /// ("pr-values") and so-called expiring values ("x-values"), which |
||
| 269 | /// identify specific objects that can be safely cannibalized for |
||
| 270 | /// their resources. |
||
| 271 | bool isLValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_LValue; } |
||
| 272 | bool isPRValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_PRValue; } |
||
| 273 | bool isXValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_XValue; } |
||
| 274 | bool isGLValue() const { return getValueKind() != VK_PRValue; } |
||
| 275 | |||
| 276 | enum LValueClassification { |
||
| 277 | LV_Valid, |
||
| 278 | LV_NotObjectType, |
||
| 279 | LV_IncompleteVoidType, |
||
| 280 | LV_DuplicateVectorComponents, |
||
| 281 | LV_InvalidExpression, |
||
| 282 | LV_InvalidMessageExpression, |
||
| 283 | LV_MemberFunction, |
||
| 284 | LV_SubObjCPropertySetting, |
||
| 285 | LV_ClassTemporary, |
||
| 286 | LV_ArrayTemporary |
||
| 287 | }; |
||
| 288 | /// Reasons why an expression might not be an l-value. |
||
| 289 | LValueClassification ClassifyLValue(ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 290 | |||
| 291 | enum isModifiableLvalueResult { |
||
| 292 | MLV_Valid, |
||
| 293 | MLV_NotObjectType, |
||
| 294 | MLV_IncompleteVoidType, |
||
| 295 | MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents, |
||
| 296 | MLV_InvalidExpression, |
||
| 297 | MLV_LValueCast, // Specialized form of MLV_InvalidExpression. |
||
| 298 | MLV_IncompleteType, |
||
| 299 | MLV_ConstQualified, |
||
| 300 | MLV_ConstQualifiedField, |
||
| 301 | MLV_ConstAddrSpace, |
||
| 302 | MLV_ArrayType, |
||
| 303 | MLV_NoSetterProperty, |
||
| 304 | MLV_MemberFunction, |
||
| 305 | MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting, |
||
| 306 | MLV_InvalidMessageExpression, |
||
| 307 | MLV_ClassTemporary, |
||
| 308 | MLV_ArrayTemporary |
||
| 309 | }; |
||
| 310 | /// isModifiableLvalue - C99 6.3.2.1: an lvalue that does not have array type, |
||
| 311 | /// does not have an incomplete type, does not have a const-qualified type, |
||
| 312 | /// and if it is a structure or union, does not have any member (including, |
||
| 313 | /// recursively, any member or element of all contained aggregates or unions) |
||
| 314 | /// with a const-qualified type. |
||
| 315 | /// |
||
| 316 | /// \param Loc [in,out] - A source location which *may* be filled |
||
| 317 | /// in with the location of the expression making this a |
||
| 318 | /// non-modifiable lvalue, if specified. |
||
| 319 | isModifiableLvalueResult |
||
| 320 | isModifiableLvalue(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; |
||
| 321 | |||
| 322 | /// The return type of classify(). Represents the C++11 expression |
||
| 323 | /// taxonomy. |
||
| 324 | class Classification { |
||
| 325 | public: |
||
| 326 | /// The various classification results. Most of these mean prvalue. |
||
| 327 | enum Kinds { |
||
| 328 | CL_LValue, |
||
| 329 | CL_XValue, |
||
| 330 | CL_Function, // Functions cannot be lvalues in C. |
||
| 331 | CL_Void, // Void cannot be an lvalue in C. |
||
| 332 | CL_AddressableVoid, // Void expression whose address can be taken in C. |
||
| 333 | CL_DuplicateVectorComponents, // A vector shuffle with dupes. |
||
| 334 | CL_MemberFunction, // An expression referring to a member function |
||
| 335 | CL_SubObjCPropertySetting, |
||
| 336 | CL_ClassTemporary, // A temporary of class type, or subobject thereof. |
||
| 337 | CL_ArrayTemporary, // A temporary of array type. |
||
| 338 | CL_ObjCMessageRValue, // ObjC message is an rvalue |
||
| 339 | CL_PRValue // A prvalue for any other reason, of any other type |
||
| 340 | }; |
||
| 341 | /// The results of modification testing. |
||
| 342 | enum ModifiableType { |
||
| 343 | CM_Untested, // testModifiable was false. |
||
| 344 | CM_Modifiable, |
||
| 345 | CM_RValue, // Not modifiable because it's an rvalue |
||
| 346 | CM_Function, // Not modifiable because it's a function; C++ only |
||
| 347 | CM_LValueCast, // Same as CM_RValue, but indicates GCC cast-as-lvalue ext |
||
| 348 | CM_NoSetterProperty,// Implicit assignment to ObjC property without setter |
||
| 349 | CM_ConstQualified, |
||
| 350 | CM_ConstQualifiedField, |
||
| 351 | CM_ConstAddrSpace, |
||
| 352 | CM_ArrayType, |
||
| 353 | CM_IncompleteType |
||
| 354 | }; |
||
| 355 | |||
| 356 | private: |
||
| 357 | friend class Expr; |
||
| 358 | |||
| 359 | unsigned short Kind; |
||
| 360 | unsigned short Modifiable; |
||
| 361 | |||
| 362 | explicit Classification(Kinds k, ModifiableType m) |
||
| 363 | : Kind(k), Modifiable(m) |
||
| 364 | {} |
||
| 365 | |||
| 366 | public: |
||
| 367 | Classification() {} |
||
| 368 | |||
| 369 | Kinds getKind() const { return static_cast<Kinds>(Kind); } |
||
| 370 | ModifiableType getModifiable() const { |
||
| 371 | assert(Modifiable != CM_Untested && "Did not test for modifiability."); |
||
| 372 | return static_cast<ModifiableType>(Modifiable); |
||
| 373 | } |
||
| 374 | bool isLValue() const { return Kind == CL_LValue; } |
||
| 375 | bool isXValue() const { return Kind == CL_XValue; } |
||
| 376 | bool isGLValue() const { return Kind <= CL_XValue; } |
||
| 377 | bool isPRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_Function; } |
||
| 378 | bool isRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_XValue; } |
||
| 379 | bool isModifiable() const { return getModifiable() == CM_Modifiable; } |
||
| 380 | |||
| 381 | /// Create a simple, modifiably lvalue |
||
| 382 | static Classification makeSimpleLValue() { |
||
| 383 | return Classification(CL_LValue, CM_Modifiable); |
||
| 384 | } |
||
| 385 | |||
| 386 | }; |
||
| 387 | /// Classify - Classify this expression according to the C++11 |
||
| 388 | /// expression taxonomy. |
||
| 389 | /// |
||
| 390 | /// C++11 defines ([basic.lval]) a new taxonomy of expressions to replace the |
||
| 391 | /// old lvalue vs rvalue. This function determines the type of expression this |
||
| 392 | /// is. There are three expression types: |
||
| 393 | /// - lvalues are classical lvalues as in C++03. |
||
| 394 | /// - prvalues are equivalent to rvalues in C++03. |
||
| 395 | /// - xvalues are expressions yielding unnamed rvalue references, e.g. a |
||
| 396 | /// function returning an rvalue reference. |
||
| 397 | /// lvalues and xvalues are collectively referred to as glvalues, while |
||
| 398 | /// prvalues and xvalues together form rvalues. |
||
| 399 | Classification Classify(ASTContext &Ctx) const { |
||
| 400 | return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, nullptr); |
||
| 401 | } |
||
| 402 | |||
| 403 | /// ClassifyModifiable - Classify this expression according to the |
||
| 404 | /// C++11 expression taxonomy, and see if it is valid on the left side |
||
| 405 | /// of an assignment. |
||
| 406 | /// |
||
| 407 | /// This function extends classify in that it also tests whether the |
||
| 408 | /// expression is modifiable (C99 6.3.2.1p1). |
||
| 409 | /// \param Loc A source location that might be filled with a relevant location |
||
| 410 | /// if the expression is not modifiable. |
||
| 411 | Classification ClassifyModifiable(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation &Loc) const{ |
||
| 412 | return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, &Loc); |
||
| 413 | } |
||
| 414 | |||
| 415 | /// Returns the set of floating point options that apply to this expression. |
||
| 416 | /// Only meaningful for operations on floating point values. |
||
| 417 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const; |
||
| 418 | |||
| 419 | /// getValueKindForType - Given a formal return or parameter type, |
||
| 420 | /// give its value kind. |
||
| 421 | static ExprValueKind getValueKindForType(QualType T) { |
||
| 422 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
||
| 423 | return (isa<LValueReferenceType>(RT) |
||
| 424 | ? VK_LValue |
||
| 425 | : (RT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType() |
||
| 426 | ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue)); |
||
| 427 | return VK_PRValue; |
||
| 428 | } |
||
| 429 | |||
| 430 | /// getValueKind - The value kind that this expression produces. |
||
| 431 | ExprValueKind getValueKind() const { |
||
| 432 | return static_cast<ExprValueKind>(ExprBits.ValueKind); |
||
| 433 | } |
||
| 434 | |||
| 435 | /// getObjectKind - The object kind that this expression produces. |
||
| 436 | /// Object kinds are meaningful only for expressions that yield an |
||
| 437 | /// l-value or x-value. |
||
| 438 | ExprObjectKind getObjectKind() const { |
||
| 439 | return static_cast<ExprObjectKind>(ExprBits.ObjectKind); |
||
| 440 | } |
||
| 441 | |||
| 442 | bool isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() const { |
||
| 443 | ExprObjectKind OK = getObjectKind(); |
||
| 444 | return (OK == OK_Ordinary || OK == OK_BitField); |
||
| 445 | } |
||
| 446 | |||
| 447 | /// setValueKind - Set the value kind produced by this expression. |
||
| 448 | void setValueKind(ExprValueKind Cat) { ExprBits.ValueKind = Cat; } |
||
| 449 | |||
| 450 | /// setObjectKind - Set the object kind produced by this expression. |
||
| 451 | void setObjectKind(ExprObjectKind Cat) { ExprBits.ObjectKind = Cat; } |
||
| 452 | |||
| 453 | private: |
||
| 454 | Classification ClassifyImpl(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc) const; |
||
| 455 | |||
| 456 | public: |
||
| 457 | |||
| 458 | /// Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that |
||
| 459 | /// potentially refers to a bit-field. |
||
| 460 | /// |
||
| 461 | /// In C++, whether a gl-value refers to a bitfield is essentially |
||
| 462 | /// an aspect of the value-kind type system. |
||
| 463 | bool refersToBitField() const { return getObjectKind() == OK_BitField; } |
||
| 464 | |||
| 465 | /// If this expression refers to a bit-field, retrieve the |
||
| 466 | /// declaration of that bit-field. |
||
| 467 | /// |
||
| 468 | /// Note that this returns a non-null pointer in subtly different |
||
| 469 | /// places than refersToBitField returns true. In particular, this can |
||
| 470 | /// return a non-null pointer even for r-values loaded from |
||
| 471 | /// bit-fields, but it will return null for a conditional bit-field. |
||
| 472 | FieldDecl *getSourceBitField(); |
||
| 473 | |||
| 474 | const FieldDecl *getSourceBitField() const { |
||
| 475 | return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getSourceBitField(); |
||
| 476 | } |
||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); |
||
| 479 | const Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee() const { |
||
| 480 | return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); |
||
| 481 | } |
||
| 482 | |||
| 483 | /// If this expression is an l-value for an Objective C |
||
| 484 | /// property, find the underlying property reference expression. |
||
| 485 | const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *getObjCProperty() const; |
||
| 486 | |||
| 487 | /// Check if this expression is the ObjC 'self' implicit parameter. |
||
| 488 | bool isObjCSelfExpr() const; |
||
| 489 | |||
| 490 | /// Returns whether this expression refers to a vector element. |
||
| 491 | bool refersToVectorElement() const; |
||
| 492 | |||
| 493 | /// Returns whether this expression refers to a matrix element. |
||
| 494 | bool refersToMatrixElement() const { |
||
| 495 | return getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent; |
||
| 496 | } |
||
| 497 | |||
| 498 | /// Returns whether this expression refers to a global register |
||
| 499 | /// variable. |
||
| 500 | bool refersToGlobalRegisterVar() const; |
||
| 501 | |||
| 502 | /// Returns whether this expression has a placeholder type. |
||
| 503 | bool hasPlaceholderType() const { |
||
| 504 | return getType()->isPlaceholderType(); |
||
| 505 | } |
||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | /// Returns whether this expression has a specific placeholder type. |
||
| 508 | bool hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Kind K) const { |
||
| 509 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind(K)); |
||
| 510 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getType())) |
||
| 511 | return BT->getKind() == K; |
||
| 512 | return false; |
||
| 513 | } |
||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | /// isKnownToHaveBooleanValue - Return true if this is an integer expression |
||
| 516 | /// that is known to return 0 or 1. This happens for _Bool/bool expressions |
||
| 517 | /// but also int expressions which are produced by things like comparisons in |
||
| 518 | /// C. |
||
| 519 | /// |
||
| 520 | /// \param Semantic If true, only return true for expressions that are known |
||
| 521 | /// to be semantically boolean, which might not be true even for expressions |
||
| 522 | /// that are known to evaluate to 0/1. For instance, reading an unsigned |
||
| 523 | /// bit-field with width '1' will evaluate to 0/1, but doesn't necessarily |
||
| 524 | /// semantically correspond to a bool. |
||
| 525 | bool isKnownToHaveBooleanValue(bool Semantic = true) const; |
||
| 526 | |||
| 527 | /// Check whether this array fits the idiom of a flexible array member, |
||
| 528 | /// depending on the value of -fstrict-flex-array. |
||
| 529 | /// When IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution is set, it doesn't consider sizes |
||
| 530 | /// resulting from the substitution of a macro or a template as special sizes. |
||
| 531 | bool isFlexibleArrayMemberLike( |
||
| 532 | ASTContext &Context, |
||
| 533 | LangOptions::StrictFlexArraysLevelKind StrictFlexArraysLevel, |
||
| 534 | bool IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution = false) const; |
||
| 535 | |||
| 536 | /// isIntegerConstantExpr - Return the value if this expression is a valid |
||
| 537 | /// integer constant expression. If not a valid i-c-e, return std::nullopt |
||
| 538 | /// and fill in Loc (if specified) with the location of the invalid |
||
| 539 | /// expression. |
||
| 540 | /// |
||
| 541 | /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11 |
||
| 542 | /// [expr.const]p5. |
||
| 543 | std::optional<llvm::APSInt> |
||
| 544 | getIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr, |
||
| 545 | bool isEvaluated = true) const; |
||
| 546 | bool isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 547 | SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; |
||
| 548 | |||
| 549 | /// isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is an |
||
| 550 | /// integral constant expression in C++98. Can only be used in C++. |
||
| 551 | bool isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 552 | |||
| 553 | /// isCXX11ConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a constant |
||
| 554 | /// expression in C++11. Can only be used in C++. |
||
| 555 | /// |
||
| 556 | /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11 |
||
| 557 | /// [expr.const]p5. |
||
| 558 | bool isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result = nullptr, |
||
| 559 | SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; |
||
| 560 | |||
| 561 | /// isPotentialConstantExpr - Return true if this function's definition |
||
| 562 | /// might be usable in a constant expression in C++11, if it were marked |
||
| 563 | /// constexpr. Return false if the function can never produce a constant |
||
| 564 | /// expression, along with diagnostics describing why not. |
||
| 565 | static bool isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
||
| 566 | SmallVectorImpl< |
||
| 567 | PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags); |
||
| 568 | |||
| 569 | /// isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluted - Return true if this expression might |
||
| 570 | /// be usable in a constant expression in C++11 in an unevaluated context, if |
||
| 571 | /// it were in function FD marked constexpr. Return false if the function can |
||
| 572 | /// never produce a constant expression, along with diagnostics describing |
||
| 573 | /// why not. |
||
| 574 | static bool isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E, |
||
| 575 | const FunctionDecl *FD, |
||
| 576 | SmallVectorImpl< |
||
| 577 | PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags); |
||
| 578 | |||
| 579 | /// isConstantInitializer - Returns true if this expression can be emitted to |
||
| 580 | /// IR as a constant, and thus can be used as a constant initializer in C. |
||
| 581 | /// If this expression is not constant and Culprit is non-null, |
||
| 582 | /// it is used to store the address of first non constant expr. |
||
| 583 | bool isConstantInitializer(ASTContext &Ctx, bool ForRef, |
||
| 584 | const Expr **Culprit = nullptr) const; |
||
| 585 | |||
| 586 | /// If this expression is an unambiguous reference to a single declaration, |
||
| 587 | /// in the style of __builtin_function_start, return that declaration. Note |
||
| 588 | /// that this may return a non-static member function or field in C++ if this |
||
| 589 | /// expression is a member pointer constant. |
||
| 590 | const ValueDecl *getAsBuiltinConstantDeclRef(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
||
| 591 | |||
| 592 | /// EvalStatus is a struct with detailed info about an evaluation in progress. |
||
| 593 | struct EvalStatus { |
||
| 594 | /// Whether the evaluated expression has side effects. |
||
| 595 | /// For example, (f() && 0) can be folded, but it still has side effects. |
||
| 596 | bool HasSideEffects; |
||
| 597 | |||
| 598 | /// Whether the evaluation hit undefined behavior. |
||
| 599 | /// For example, 1.0 / 0.0 can be folded to Inf, but has undefined behavior. |
||
| 600 | /// Likewise, INT_MAX + 1 can be folded to INT_MIN, but has UB. |
||
| 601 | bool HasUndefinedBehavior; |
||
| 602 | |||
| 603 | /// Diag - If this is non-null, it will be filled in with a stack of notes |
||
| 604 | /// indicating why evaluation failed (or why it failed to produce a constant |
||
| 605 | /// expression). |
||
| 606 | /// If the expression is unfoldable, the notes will indicate why it's not |
||
| 607 | /// foldable. If the expression is foldable, but not a constant expression, |
||
| 608 | /// the notes will describes why it isn't a constant expression. If the |
||
| 609 | /// expression *is* a constant expression, no notes will be produced. |
||
| 610 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag; |
||
| 611 | |||
| 612 | EvalStatus() |
||
| 613 | : HasSideEffects(false), HasUndefinedBehavior(false), Diag(nullptr) {} |
||
| 614 | |||
| 615 | // hasSideEffects - Return true if the evaluated expression has |
||
| 616 | // side effects. |
||
| 617 | bool hasSideEffects() const { |
||
| 618 | return HasSideEffects; |
||
| 619 | } |
||
| 620 | }; |
||
| 621 | |||
| 622 | /// EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression. |
||
| 623 | struct EvalResult : EvalStatus { |
||
| 624 | /// Val - This is the value the expression can be folded to. |
||
| 625 | APValue Val; |
||
| 626 | |||
| 627 | // isGlobalLValue - Return true if the evaluated lvalue expression |
||
| 628 | // is global. |
||
| 629 | bool isGlobalLValue() const; |
||
| 630 | }; |
||
| 631 | |||
| 632 | /// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold to |
||
| 633 | /// an rvalue using any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language |
||
| 634 | /// standards) that we want to, even if the expression has side-effects. If |
||
| 635 | /// this function returns true, it returns the folded constant in Result. If |
||
| 636 | /// the expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion will be |
||
| 637 | /// applied. |
||
| 638 | bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 639 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
||
| 640 | |||
| 641 | /// EvaluateAsBooleanCondition - Return true if this is a constant |
||
| 642 | /// which we can fold and convert to a boolean condition using |
||
| 643 | /// any crazy technique that we want to, even if the expression has |
||
| 644 | /// side-effects. |
||
| 645 | bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 646 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
||
| 647 | |||
| 648 | enum SideEffectsKind { |
||
| 649 | SE_NoSideEffects, ///< Strictly evaluate the expression. |
||
| 650 | SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior, ///< Allow UB that we can give a value, but not |
||
| 651 | ///< arbitrary unmodeled side effects. |
||
| 652 | SE_AllowSideEffects ///< Allow any unmodeled side effect. |
||
| 653 | }; |
||
| 654 | |||
| 655 | /// EvaluateAsInt - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and |
||
| 656 | /// convert to an integer, using any crazy technique that we want to. |
||
| 657 | bool EvaluateAsInt(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 658 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, |
||
| 659 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
||
| 660 | |||
| 661 | /// EvaluateAsFloat - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and |
||
| 662 | /// convert to a floating point value, using any crazy technique that we |
||
| 663 | /// want to. |
||
| 664 | bool EvaluateAsFloat(llvm::APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 665 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, |
||
| 666 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
||
| 667 | |||
| 668 | /// EvaluateAsFloat - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and |
||
| 669 | /// convert to a fixed point value. |
||
| 670 | bool EvaluateAsFixedPoint(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 671 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, |
||
| 672 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
||
| 673 | |||
| 674 | /// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be |
||
| 675 | /// constant folded without side-effects, but discard the result. |
||
| 676 | bool isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 677 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const; |
||
| 678 | |||
| 679 | /// HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions |
||
| 680 | /// which have any effect other than producing a value. Example is a function |
||
| 681 | /// call, volatile variable read, or throwing an exception. If |
||
| 682 | /// IncludePossibleEffects is false, this call treats certain expressions with |
||
| 683 | /// potential side effects (such as function call-like expressions, |
||
| 684 | /// instantiation-dependent expressions, or invocations from a macro) as not |
||
| 685 | /// having side effects. |
||
| 686 | bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 687 | bool IncludePossibleEffects = true) const; |
||
| 688 | |||
| 689 | /// Determine whether this expression involves a call to any function |
||
| 690 | /// that is not trivial. |
||
| 691 | bool hasNonTrivialCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 692 | |||
| 693 | /// EvaluateKnownConstInt - Call EvaluateAsRValue and return the folded |
||
| 694 | /// integer. This must be called on an expression that constant folds to an |
||
| 695 | /// integer. |
||
| 696 | llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstInt( |
||
| 697 | const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 698 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const; |
||
| 699 | |||
| 700 | llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow( |
||
| 701 | const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 702 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const; |
||
| 703 | |||
| 704 | void EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 705 | |||
| 706 | /// EvaluateAsLValue - Evaluate an expression to see if we can fold it to an |
||
| 707 | /// lvalue with link time known address, with no side-effects. |
||
| 708 | bool EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 709 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; |
||
| 710 | |||
| 711 | /// EvaluateAsInitializer - Evaluate an expression as if it were the |
||
| 712 | /// initializer of the given declaration. Returns true if the initializer |
||
| 713 | /// can be folded to a constant, and produces any relevant notes. In C++11, |
||
| 714 | /// notes will be produced if the expression is not a constant expression. |
||
| 715 | bool EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 716 | const VarDecl *VD, |
||
| 717 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes, |
||
| 718 | bool IsConstantInitializer) const; |
||
| 719 | |||
| 720 | /// EvaluateWithSubstitution - Evaluate an expression as if from the context |
||
| 721 | /// of a call to the given function with the given arguments, inside an |
||
| 722 | /// unevaluated context. Returns true if the expression could be folded to a |
||
| 723 | /// constant. |
||
| 724 | bool EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 725 | const FunctionDecl *Callee, |
||
| 726 | ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args, |
||
| 727 | const Expr *This = nullptr) const; |
||
| 728 | |||
| 729 | enum class ConstantExprKind { |
||
| 730 | /// An integer constant expression (an array bound, enumerator, case value, |
||
| 731 | /// bit-field width, or similar) or similar. |
||
| 732 | Normal, |
||
| 733 | /// A non-class template argument. Such a value is only used for mangling, |
||
| 734 | /// not for code generation, so can refer to dllimported functions. |
||
| 735 | NonClassTemplateArgument, |
||
| 736 | /// A class template argument. Such a value is used for code generation. |
||
| 737 | ClassTemplateArgument, |
||
| 738 | /// An immediate invocation. The destruction of the end result of this |
||
| 739 | /// evaluation is not part of the evaluation, but all other temporaries |
||
| 740 | /// are destroyed. |
||
| 741 | ImmediateInvocation, |
||
| 742 | }; |
||
| 743 | |||
| 744 | /// Evaluate an expression that is required to be a constant expression. Does |
||
| 745 | /// not check the syntactic constraints for C and C++98 constant expressions. |
||
| 746 | bool EvaluateAsConstantExpr( |
||
| 747 | EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 748 | ConstantExprKind Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal) const; |
||
| 749 | |||
| 750 | /// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically |
||
| 751 | /// determine the number of bytes available where the pointer is pointing. |
||
| 752 | /// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the |
||
| 753 | /// size, false otherwise. |
||
| 754 | /// |
||
| 755 | /// \param Type - How to evaluate the size of the Expr, as defined by the |
||
| 756 | /// "type" parameter of __builtin_object_size |
||
| 757 | bool tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 758 | unsigned Type) const; |
||
| 759 | |||
| 760 | /// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically |
||
| 761 | /// determine the strlen of the string pointed to. |
||
| 762 | /// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the |
||
| 763 | /// strlen, false otherwise. |
||
| 764 | bool tryEvaluateStrLen(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 765 | |||
| 766 | /// Enumeration used to describe the kind of Null pointer constant |
||
| 767 | /// returned from \c isNullPointerConstant(). |
||
| 768 | enum NullPointerConstantKind { |
||
| 769 | /// Expression is not a Null pointer constant. |
||
| 770 | NPCK_NotNull = 0, |
||
| 771 | |||
| 772 | /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a zero integer |
||
| 773 | /// expression that is not a simple, possibly parenthesized, zero literal. |
||
| 774 | /// C++ Core Issue 903 will classify these expressions as "not pointers" |
||
| 775 | /// once it is adopted. |
||
| 776 | /// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 |
||
| 777 | NPCK_ZeroExpression, |
||
| 778 | |||
| 779 | /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a literal zero. |
||
| 780 | NPCK_ZeroLiteral, |
||
| 781 | |||
| 782 | /// Expression is a C++11 nullptr. |
||
| 783 | NPCK_CXX11_nullptr, |
||
| 784 | |||
| 785 | /// Expression is a GNU-style __null constant. |
||
| 786 | NPCK_GNUNull |
||
| 787 | }; |
||
| 788 | |||
| 789 | /// Enumeration used to describe how \c isNullPointerConstant() |
||
| 790 | /// should cope with value-dependent expressions. |
||
| 791 | enum NullPointerConstantValueDependence { |
||
| 792 | /// Specifies that the expression should never be value-dependent. |
||
| 793 | NPC_NeverValueDependent = 0, |
||
| 794 | |||
| 795 | /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression of integral or |
||
| 796 | /// dependent type should be considered a null pointer constant. |
||
| 797 | NPC_ValueDependentIsNull, |
||
| 798 | |||
| 799 | /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression should be considered |
||
| 800 | /// to never be a null pointer constant. |
||
| 801 | NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull |
||
| 802 | }; |
||
| 803 | |||
| 804 | /// isNullPointerConstant - C99 6.3.2.3p3 - Test if this reduces down to |
||
| 805 | /// a Null pointer constant. The return value can further distinguish the |
||
| 806 | /// kind of NULL pointer constant that was detected. |
||
| 807 | NullPointerConstantKind isNullPointerConstant( |
||
| 808 | ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 809 | NullPointerConstantValueDependence NPC) const; |
||
| 810 | |||
| 811 | /// isOBJCGCCandidate - Return true if this expression may be used in a read/ |
||
| 812 | /// write barrier. |
||
| 813 | bool isOBJCGCCandidate(ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 814 | |||
| 815 | /// Returns true if this expression is a bound member function. |
||
| 816 | bool isBoundMemberFunction(ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 817 | |||
| 818 | /// Given an expression of bound-member type, find the type |
||
| 819 | /// of the member. Returns null if this is an *overloaded* bound |
||
| 820 | /// member expression. |
||
| 821 | static QualType findBoundMemberType(const Expr *expr); |
||
| 822 | |||
| 823 | /// Skip past any invisble AST nodes which might surround this |
||
| 824 | /// statement, such as ExprWithCleanups or ImplicitCastExpr nodes, |
||
| 825 | /// but also injected CXXMemberExpr and CXXConstructExpr which represent |
||
| 826 | /// implicit conversions. |
||
| 827 | Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource(); |
||
| 828 | const Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource() const { |
||
| 829 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource(); |
||
| 830 | } |
||
| 831 | |||
| 832 | /// Skip past any implicit casts which might surround this expression until |
||
| 833 | /// reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
||
| 834 | /// * ImplicitCastExpr |
||
| 835 | /// * FullExpr |
||
| 836 | Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 837 | const Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() const { |
||
| 838 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
||
| 839 | } |
||
| 840 | |||
| 841 | /// Skip past any casts which might surround this expression until reaching |
||
| 842 | /// a fixed point. Skips: |
||
| 843 | /// * CastExpr |
||
| 844 | /// * FullExpr |
||
| 845 | /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr |
||
| 846 | /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr |
||
| 847 | Expr *IgnoreCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 848 | const Expr *IgnoreCasts() const { |
||
| 849 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreCasts(); |
||
| 850 | } |
||
| 851 | |||
| 852 | /// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression |
||
| 853 | /// until reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
||
| 854 | /// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips |
||
| 855 | /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr |
||
| 856 | /// * CXXBindTemporaryExpr |
||
| 857 | Expr *IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 858 | const Expr *IgnoreImplicit() const { |
||
| 859 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicit(); |
||
| 860 | } |
||
| 861 | |||
| 862 | /// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression |
||
| 863 | /// until reaching a fixed point. Same as IgnoreImplicit, except that it |
||
| 864 | /// also skips over implicit calls to constructors and conversion functions. |
||
| 865 | /// |
||
| 866 | /// FIXME: Should IgnoreImplicit do this? |
||
| 867 | Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 868 | const Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() const { |
||
| 869 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicitAsWritten(); |
||
| 870 | } |
||
| 871 | |||
| 872 | /// Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until |
||
| 873 | /// reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
||
| 874 | /// * ParenExpr |
||
| 875 | /// * UnaryOperator if `UO_Extension` |
||
| 876 | /// * GenericSelectionExpr if `!isResultDependent()` |
||
| 877 | /// * ChooseExpr if `!isConditionDependent()` |
||
| 878 | /// * ConstantExpr |
||
| 879 | Expr *IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 880 | const Expr *IgnoreParens() const { |
||
| 881 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParens(); |
||
| 882 | } |
||
| 883 | |||
| 884 | /// Skip past any parentheses and implicit casts which might surround this |
||
| 885 | /// expression until reaching a fixed point. |
||
| 886 | /// FIXME: IgnoreParenImpCasts really ought to be equivalent to |
||
| 887 | /// IgnoreParens() + IgnoreImpCasts() until reaching a fixed point. However |
||
| 888 | /// this is currently not the case. Instead IgnoreParenImpCasts() skips: |
||
| 889 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
||
| 890 | /// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips |
||
| 891 | /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr |
||
| 892 | /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr |
||
| 893 | Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 894 | const Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() const { |
||
| 895 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
||
| 896 | } |
||
| 897 | |||
| 898 | /// Skip past any parentheses and casts which might surround this expression |
||
| 899 | /// until reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
||
| 900 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
||
| 901 | /// * What IgnoreCasts() skips |
||
| 902 | Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 903 | const Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() const { |
||
| 904 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
||
| 905 | } |
||
| 906 | |||
| 907 | /// Skip conversion operators. If this Expr is a call to a conversion |
||
| 908 | /// operator, return the argument. |
||
| 909 | Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 910 | const Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() const { |
||
| 911 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep(); |
||
| 912 | } |
||
| 913 | |||
| 914 | /// Skip past any parentheses and lvalue casts which might surround this |
||
| 915 | /// expression until reaching a fixed point. Skips: |
||
| 916 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
||
| 917 | /// * What IgnoreCasts() skips, except that only lvalue-to-rvalue |
||
| 918 | /// casts are skipped |
||
| 919 | /// FIXME: This is intended purely as a temporary workaround for code |
||
| 920 | /// that hasn't yet been rewritten to do the right thing about those |
||
| 921 | /// casts, and may disappear along with the last internal use. |
||
| 922 | Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 923 | const Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() const { |
||
| 924 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenLValueCasts(); |
||
| 925 | } |
||
| 926 | |||
| 927 | /// Skip past any parenthese and casts which do not change the value |
||
| 928 | /// (including ptr->int casts of the same size) until reaching a fixed point. |
||
| 929 | /// Skips: |
||
| 930 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
||
| 931 | /// * CastExpr which do not change the value |
||
| 932 | /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr |
||
| 933 | Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 934 | const Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { |
||
| 935 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Ctx); |
||
| 936 | } |
||
| 937 | |||
| 938 | /// Skip past any parentheses and derived-to-base casts until reaching a |
||
| 939 | /// fixed point. Skips: |
||
| 940 | /// * What IgnoreParens() skips |
||
| 941 | /// * CastExpr which represent a derived-to-base cast (CK_DerivedToBase, |
||
| 942 | /// CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase and CK_NoOp) |
||
| 943 | Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 944 | const Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() const { |
||
| 945 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenBaseCasts(); |
||
| 946 | } |
||
| 947 | |||
| 948 | /// Determine whether this expression is a default function argument. |
||
| 949 | /// |
||
| 950 | /// Default arguments are implicitly generated in the abstract syntax tree |
||
| 951 | /// by semantic analysis for function calls, object constructions, etc. in |
||
| 952 | /// C++. Default arguments are represented by \c CXXDefaultArgExpr nodes; |
||
| 953 | /// this routine also looks through any implicit casts to determine whether |
||
| 954 | /// the expression is a default argument. |
||
| 955 | bool isDefaultArgument() const; |
||
| 956 | |||
| 957 | /// Determine whether the result of this expression is a |
||
| 958 | /// temporary object of the given class type. |
||
| 959 | bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const; |
||
| 960 | |||
| 961 | /// Whether this expression is an implicit reference to 'this' in C++. |
||
| 962 | bool isImplicitCXXThis() const; |
||
| 963 | |||
| 964 | static bool hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
||
| 965 | |||
| 966 | /// For an expression of class type or pointer to class type, |
||
| 967 | /// return the most derived class decl the expression is known to refer to. |
||
| 968 | /// |
||
| 969 | /// If this expression is a cast, this method looks through it to find the |
||
| 970 | /// most derived decl that can be inferred from the expression. |
||
| 971 | /// This is valid because derived-to-base conversions have undefined |
||
| 972 | /// behavior if the object isn't dynamically of the derived type. |
||
| 973 | const CXXRecordDecl *getBestDynamicClassType() const; |
||
| 974 | |||
| 975 | /// Get the inner expression that determines the best dynamic class. |
||
| 976 | /// If this is a prvalue, we guarantee that it is of the most-derived type |
||
| 977 | /// for the object itself. |
||
| 978 | const Expr *getBestDynamicClassTypeExpr() const; |
||
| 979 | |||
| 980 | /// Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and |
||
| 981 | /// find the expression whose lifetime needs to be extended. Record |
||
| 982 | /// the LHSs of comma expressions and adjustments needed along the path. |
||
| 983 | const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments( |
||
| 984 | SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &CommaLHS, |
||
| 985 | SmallVectorImpl<SubobjectAdjustment> &Adjustments) const; |
||
| 986 | const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments() const { |
||
| 987 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> CommaLHSs; |
||
| 988 | SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 8> Adjustments; |
||
| 989 | return skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments); |
||
| 990 | } |
||
| 991 | |||
| 992 | /// Checks that the two Expr's will refer to the same value as a comparison |
||
| 993 | /// operand. The caller must ensure that the values referenced by the Expr's |
||
| 994 | /// are not modified between E1 and E2 or the result my be invalid. |
||
| 995 | static bool isSameComparisonOperand(const Expr* E1, const Expr* E2); |
||
| 996 | |||
| 997 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 998 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExprConstant && |
||
| 999 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastExprConstant; |
||
| 1000 | } |
||
| 1001 | }; |
||
| 1002 | // PointerLikeTypeTraits is specialized so it can be used with a forward-decl of |
||
| 1003 | // Expr. Verify that we got it right. |
||
| 1004 | static_assert(llvm::PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr *>::NumLowBitsAvailable <= |
||
| 1005 | llvm::detail::ConstantLog2<alignof(Expr)>::value, |
||
| 1006 | "PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr*> assumes too much alignment."); |
||
| 1007 | |||
| 1008 | using ConstantExprKind = Expr::ConstantExprKind; |
||
| 1009 | |||
| 1010 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 1011 | // Wrapper Expressions. |
||
| 1012 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 1013 | |||
| 1014 | /// FullExpr - Represents a "full-expression" node. |
||
| 1015 | class FullExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 1016 | protected: |
||
| 1017 | Stmt *SubExpr; |
||
| 1018 | |||
| 1019 | FullExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *subexpr) |
||
| 1020 | : Expr(SC, subexpr->getType(), subexpr->getValueKind(), |
||
| 1021 | subexpr->getObjectKind()), |
||
| 1022 | SubExpr(subexpr) { |
||
| 1023 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 1024 | } |
||
| 1025 | FullExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 1026 | : Expr(SC, Empty) {} |
||
| 1027 | public: |
||
| 1028 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } |
||
| 1029 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } |
||
| 1030 | |||
| 1031 | /// As with any mutator of the AST, be very careful when modifying an |
||
| 1032 | /// existing AST to preserve its invariants. |
||
| 1033 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; } |
||
| 1034 | |||
| 1035 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1036 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstFullExprConstant && |
||
| 1037 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastFullExprConstant; |
||
| 1038 | } |
||
| 1039 | }; |
||
| 1040 | |||
| 1041 | /// ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and |
||
| 1042 | /// optionally the result of evaluating the expression. |
||
| 1043 | class ConstantExpr final |
||
| 1044 | : public FullExpr, |
||
| 1045 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantExpr, APValue, uint64_t> { |
||
| 1046 | static_assert(std::is_same<uint64_t, llvm::APInt::WordType>::value, |
||
| 1047 | "ConstantExpr assumes that llvm::APInt::WordType is uint64_t " |
||
| 1048 | "for tail-allocated storage"); |
||
| 1049 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 1050 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 1051 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 1052 | |||
| 1053 | public: |
||
| 1054 | /// Describes the kind of result that can be tail-allocated. |
||
| 1055 | enum ResultStorageKind { RSK_None, RSK_Int64, RSK_APValue }; |
||
| 1056 | |||
| 1057 | private: |
||
| 1058 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<APValue>) const { |
||
| 1059 | return ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_APValue; |
||
| 1060 | } |
||
| 1061 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<uint64_t>) const { |
||
| 1062 | return ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_Int64; |
||
| 1063 | } |
||
| 1064 | |||
| 1065 | uint64_t &Int64Result() { |
||
| 1066 | assert(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_Int64 && |
||
| 1067 | "invalid accessor"); |
||
| 1068 | return *getTrailingObjects<uint64_t>(); |
||
| 1069 | } |
||
| 1070 | const uint64_t &Int64Result() const { |
||
| 1071 | return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->Int64Result(); |
||
| 1072 | } |
||
| 1073 | APValue &APValueResult() { |
||
| 1074 | assert(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_APValue && |
||
| 1075 | "invalid accessor"); |
||
| 1076 | return *getTrailingObjects<APValue>(); |
||
| 1077 | } |
||
| 1078 | APValue &APValueResult() const { |
||
| 1079 | return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->APValueResult(); |
||
| 1080 | } |
||
| 1081 | |||
| 1082 | ConstantExpr(Expr *SubExpr, ResultStorageKind StorageKind, |
||
| 1083 | bool IsImmediateInvocation); |
||
| 1084 | ConstantExpr(EmptyShell Empty, ResultStorageKind StorageKind); |
||
| 1085 | |||
| 1086 | public: |
||
| 1087 | static ConstantExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E, |
||
| 1088 | const APValue &Result); |
||
| 1089 | static ConstantExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E, |
||
| 1090 | ResultStorageKind Storage = RSK_None, |
||
| 1091 | bool IsImmediateInvocation = false); |
||
| 1092 | static ConstantExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
||
| 1093 | ResultStorageKind StorageKind); |
||
| 1094 | |||
| 1095 | static ResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const APValue &Value); |
||
| 1096 | static ResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const Type *T, |
||
| 1097 | const ASTContext &Context); |
||
| 1098 | |||
| 1099 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 1100 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 1101 | } |
||
| 1102 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 1103 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 1104 | } |
||
| 1105 | |||
| 1106 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1107 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConstantExprClass; |
||
| 1108 | } |
||
| 1109 | |||
| 1110 | void SetResult(APValue Value, const ASTContext &Context) { |
||
| 1111 | MoveIntoResult(Value, Context); |
||
| 1112 | } |
||
| 1113 | void MoveIntoResult(APValue &Value, const ASTContext &Context); |
||
| 1114 | |||
| 1115 | APValue::ValueKind getResultAPValueKind() const { |
||
| 1116 | return static_cast<APValue::ValueKind>(ConstantExprBits.APValueKind); |
||
| 1117 | } |
||
| 1118 | ResultStorageKind getResultStorageKind() const { |
||
| 1119 | return static_cast<ResultStorageKind>(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind); |
||
| 1120 | } |
||
| 1121 | bool isImmediateInvocation() const { |
||
| 1122 | return ConstantExprBits.IsImmediateInvocation; |
||
| 1123 | } |
||
| 1124 | bool hasAPValueResult() const { |
||
| 1125 | return ConstantExprBits.APValueKind != APValue::None; |
||
| 1126 | } |
||
| 1127 | APValue getAPValueResult() const; |
||
| 1128 | APValue &getResultAsAPValue() const { return APValueResult(); } |
||
| 1129 | llvm::APSInt getResultAsAPSInt() const; |
||
| 1130 | // Iterators |
||
| 1131 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr+1); } |
||
| 1132 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1133 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); |
||
| 1134 | } |
||
| 1135 | }; |
||
| 1136 | |||
| 1137 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 1138 | // Primary Expressions. |
||
| 1139 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 1140 | |||
| 1141 | /// OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a |
||
| 1142 | /// fixed type and value class. These don't correspond to concrete |
||
| 1143 | /// syntax; instead they're used to express operations (usually copy |
||
| 1144 | /// operations) on values whose source is generally obvious from |
||
| 1145 | /// context. |
||
| 1146 | class OpaqueValueExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 1147 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 1148 | Expr *SourceExpr; |
||
| 1149 | |||
| 1150 | public: |
||
| 1151 | OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 1152 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary, Expr *SourceExpr = nullptr) |
||
| 1153 | : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, T, VK, OK), SourceExpr(SourceExpr) { |
||
| 1154 | setIsUnique(false); |
||
| 1155 | OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc = Loc; |
||
| 1156 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 1157 | } |
||
| 1158 | |||
| 1159 | /// Given an expression which invokes a copy constructor --- i.e. a |
||
| 1160 | /// CXXConstructExpr, possibly wrapped in an ExprWithCleanups --- |
||
| 1161 | /// find the OpaqueValueExpr that's the source of the construction. |
||
| 1162 | static const OpaqueValueExpr *findInCopyConstruct(const Expr *expr); |
||
| 1163 | |||
| 1164 | explicit OpaqueValueExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 1165 | : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 1166 | |||
| 1167 | /// Retrieve the location of this expression. |
||
| 1168 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc; } |
||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 1171 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getBeginLoc() : getLocation(); |
||
| 1172 | } |
||
| 1173 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 1174 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getEndLoc() : getLocation(); |
||
| 1175 | } |
||
| 1176 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 1177 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getExprLoc() : getLocation(); |
||
| 1178 | } |
||
| 1179 | |||
| 1180 | child_range children() { |
||
| 1181 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 1182 | } |
||
| 1183 | |||
| 1184 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1185 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 1186 | } |
||
| 1187 | |||
| 1188 | /// The source expression of an opaque value expression is the |
||
| 1189 | /// expression which originally generated the value. This is |
||
| 1190 | /// provided as a convenience for analyses that don't wish to |
||
| 1191 | /// precisely model the execution behavior of the program. |
||
| 1192 | /// |
||
| 1193 | /// The source expression is typically set when building the |
||
| 1194 | /// expression which binds the opaque value expression in the first |
||
| 1195 | /// place. |
||
| 1196 | Expr *getSourceExpr() const { return SourceExpr; } |
||
| 1197 | |||
| 1198 | void setIsUnique(bool V) { |
||
| 1199 | assert((!V || SourceExpr) && |
||
| 1200 | "unique OVEs are expected to have source expressions"); |
||
| 1201 | OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique = V; |
||
| 1202 | } |
||
| 1203 | |||
| 1204 | bool isUnique() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique; } |
||
| 1205 | |||
| 1206 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1207 | return T->getStmtClass() == OpaqueValueExprClass; |
||
| 1208 | } |
||
| 1209 | }; |
||
| 1210 | |||
| 1211 | /// A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc. |
||
| 1212 | /// [C99 6.5.1p2] |
||
| 1213 | /// |
||
| 1214 | /// This encodes all the information about how a declaration is referenced |
||
| 1215 | /// within an expression. |
||
| 1216 | /// |
||
| 1217 | /// There are several optional constructs attached to DeclRefExprs only when |
||
| 1218 | /// they apply in order to conserve memory. These are laid out past the end of |
||
| 1219 | /// the object, and flags in the DeclRefExprBitfield track whether they exist: |
||
| 1220 | /// |
||
| 1221 | /// DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier: |
||
| 1222 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a C++ |
||
| 1223 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
||
| 1224 | /// DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl: |
||
| 1225 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a record of |
||
| 1226 | /// a NamedDecl (different from the referenced ValueDecl) which was found |
||
| 1227 | /// during name lookup and/or overload resolution. |
||
| 1228 | /// DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo: |
||
| 1229 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression has an explicit |
||
| 1230 | /// C++ template keyword and/or template argument list. |
||
| 1231 | /// DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture |
||
| 1232 | /// Specifies when this declaration reference expression (validly) |
||
| 1233 | /// refers to an enclosed local or a captured variable. |
||
| 1234 | class DeclRefExpr final |
||
| 1235 | : public Expr, |
||
| 1236 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DeclRefExpr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc, |
||
| 1237 | NamedDecl *, ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
||
| 1238 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { |
||
| 1239 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 1240 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 1241 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 1242 | |||
| 1243 | /// The declaration that we are referencing. |
||
| 1244 | ValueDecl *D; |
||
| 1245 | |||
| 1246 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name |
||
| 1247 | /// embedded in D. |
||
| 1248 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
||
| 1249 | |||
| 1250 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>) const { |
||
| 1251 | return hasQualifier(); |
||
| 1252 | } |
||
| 1253 | |||
| 1254 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NamedDecl *>) const { |
||
| 1255 | return hasFoundDecl(); |
||
| 1256 | } |
||
| 1257 | |||
| 1258 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { |
||
| 1259 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); |
||
| 1260 | } |
||
| 1261 | |||
| 1262 | /// Test whether there is a distinct FoundDecl attached to the end of |
||
| 1263 | /// this DRE. |
||
| 1264 | bool hasFoundDecl() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl; } |
||
| 1265 | |||
| 1266 | DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
||
| 1267 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, |
||
| 1268 | bool RefersToEnlosingVariableOrCapture, |
||
| 1269 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *FoundD, |
||
| 1270 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, QualType T, |
||
| 1271 | ExprValueKind VK, NonOdrUseReason NOUR); |
||
| 1272 | |||
| 1273 | /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression. |
||
| 1274 | explicit DeclRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 1275 | |||
| 1276 | public: |
||
| 1277 | DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, ValueDecl *D, |
||
| 1278 | bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, QualType T, |
||
| 1279 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation L, |
||
| 1280 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc(), |
||
| 1281 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); |
||
| 1282 | |||
| 1283 | static DeclRefExpr * |
||
| 1284 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
||
| 1285 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, |
||
| 1286 | bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
||
| 1287 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
||
| 1288 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
||
| 1289 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); |
||
| 1290 | |||
| 1291 | static DeclRefExpr * |
||
| 1292 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
||
| 1293 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, |
||
| 1294 | bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, |
||
| 1295 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 1296 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
||
| 1297 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
||
| 1298 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); |
||
| 1299 | |||
| 1300 | /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression. |
||
| 1301 | static DeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier, |
||
| 1302 | bool HasFoundDecl, |
||
| 1303 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
||
| 1304 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); |
||
| 1305 | |||
| 1306 | ValueDecl *getDecl() { return D; } |
||
| 1307 | const ValueDecl *getDecl() const { return D; } |
||
| 1308 | void setDecl(ValueDecl *NewD); |
||
| 1309 | |||
| 1310 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
||
| 1311 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDecl()->getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
||
| 1312 | } |
||
| 1313 | |||
| 1314 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return DeclRefExprBits.Loc; } |
||
| 1315 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { DeclRefExprBits.Loc = L; } |
||
| 1316 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 1317 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 1318 | |||
| 1319 | /// Determine whether this declaration reference was preceded by a |
||
| 1320 | /// C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c N::foo. |
||
| 1321 | bool hasQualifier() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier; } |
||
| 1322 | |||
| 1323 | /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier |
||
| 1324 | /// that precedes the name, with source-location information. |
||
| 1325 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
||
| 1326 | if (!hasQualifier()) |
||
| 1327 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
||
| 1328 | return *getTrailingObjects<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>(); |
||
| 1329 | } |
||
| 1330 | |||
| 1331 | /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier |
||
| 1332 | /// that precedes the name. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
||
| 1333 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
||
| 1334 | return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
||
| 1335 | } |
||
| 1336 | |||
| 1337 | /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred. |
||
| 1338 | /// |
||
| 1339 | /// This Decl may be different from the ValueDecl actually referred to in the |
||
| 1340 | /// presence of using declarations, etc. It always returns non-NULL, and may |
||
| 1341 | /// simple return the ValueDecl when appropriate. |
||
| 1342 | |||
| 1343 | NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() { |
||
| 1344 | return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D; |
||
| 1345 | } |
||
| 1346 | |||
| 1347 | /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred. |
||
| 1348 | /// See non-const variant. |
||
| 1349 | const NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() const { |
||
| 1350 | return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D; |
||
| 1351 | } |
||
| 1352 | |||
| 1353 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { |
||
| 1354 | return DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; |
||
| 1355 | } |
||
| 1356 | |||
| 1357 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding |
||
| 1358 | /// this name, if any. |
||
| 1359 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
||
| 1360 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
||
| 1361 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 1362 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; |
||
| 1363 | } |
||
| 1364 | |||
| 1365 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the |
||
| 1366 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. |
||
| 1367 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { |
||
| 1368 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
||
| 1369 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 1370 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; |
||
| 1371 | } |
||
| 1372 | |||
| 1373 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the |
||
| 1374 | /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. |
||
| 1375 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { |
||
| 1376 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
||
| 1377 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 1378 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; |
||
| 1379 | } |
||
| 1380 | |||
| 1381 | /// Determines whether the name in this declaration reference |
||
| 1382 | /// was preceded by the template keyword. |
||
| 1383 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
||
| 1384 | |||
| 1385 | /// Determines whether this declaration reference was followed by an |
||
| 1386 | /// explicit template argument list. |
||
| 1387 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } |
||
| 1388 | |||
| 1389 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given |
||
| 1390 | /// structure. |
||
| 1391 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { |
||
| 1392 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
||
| 1393 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( |
||
| 1394 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); |
||
| 1395 | } |
||
| 1396 | |||
| 1397 | /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this |
||
| 1398 | /// template-id. |
||
| 1399 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { |
||
| 1400 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
||
| 1401 | return nullptr; |
||
| 1402 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); |
||
| 1403 | } |
||
| 1404 | |||
| 1405 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this |
||
| 1406 | /// template-id. |
||
| 1407 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { |
||
| 1408 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
||
| 1409 | return 0; |
||
| 1410 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; |
||
| 1411 | } |
||
| 1412 | |||
| 1413 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { |
||
| 1414 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; |
||
| 1415 | } |
||
| 1416 | |||
| 1417 | /// Returns true if this expression refers to a function that |
||
| 1418 | /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1. |
||
| 1419 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { |
||
| 1420 | return DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; |
||
| 1421 | } |
||
| 1422 | /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to |
||
| 1423 | /// a function that was resolved from an overloaded set having size |
||
| 1424 | /// greater than 1. |
||
| 1425 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) { |
||
| 1426 | DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; |
||
| 1427 | } |
||
| 1428 | |||
| 1429 | /// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why? |
||
| 1430 | NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const { |
||
| 1431 | return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(DeclRefExprBits.NonOdrUseReason); |
||
| 1432 | } |
||
| 1433 | |||
| 1434 | /// Does this DeclRefExpr refer to an enclosing local or a captured |
||
| 1435 | /// variable? |
||
| 1436 | bool refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() const { |
||
| 1437 | return DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture; |
||
| 1438 | } |
||
| 1439 | |||
| 1440 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1441 | return T->getStmtClass() == DeclRefExprClass; |
||
| 1442 | } |
||
| 1443 | |||
| 1444 | // Iterators |
||
| 1445 | child_range children() { |
||
| 1446 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 1447 | } |
||
| 1448 | |||
| 1449 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1450 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 1451 | } |
||
| 1452 | }; |
||
| 1453 | |||
| 1454 | /// Used by IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral to store the numeric without |
||
| 1455 | /// leaking memory. |
||
| 1456 | /// |
||
| 1457 | /// For large floats/integers, APFloat/APInt will allocate memory from the heap |
||
| 1458 | /// to represent these numbers. Unfortunately, when we use a BumpPtrAllocator |
||
| 1459 | /// to allocate IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral nodes the memory associated with |
||
| 1460 | /// the APFloat/APInt values will never get freed. APNumericStorage uses |
||
| 1461 | /// ASTContext's allocator for memory allocation. |
||
| 1462 | class APNumericStorage { |
||
| 1463 | union { |
||
| 1464 | uint64_t VAL; ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value. |
||
| 1465 | uint64_t *pVal; ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value. |
||
| 1466 | }; |
||
| 1467 | unsigned BitWidth; |
||
| 1468 | |||
| 1469 | bool hasAllocation() const { return llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth) > 1; } |
||
| 1470 | |||
| 1471 | APNumericStorage(const APNumericStorage &) = delete; |
||
| 1472 | void operator=(const APNumericStorage &) = delete; |
||
| 1473 | |||
| 1474 | protected: |
||
| 1475 | APNumericStorage() : VAL(0), BitWidth(0) { } |
||
| 1476 | |||
| 1477 | llvm::APInt getIntValue() const { |
||
| 1478 | unsigned NumWords = llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth); |
||
| 1479 | if (NumWords > 1) |
||
| 1480 | return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, NumWords, pVal); |
||
| 1481 | else |
||
| 1482 | return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, VAL); |
||
| 1483 | } |
||
| 1484 | void setIntValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val); |
||
| 1485 | }; |
||
| 1486 | |||
| 1487 | class APIntStorage : private APNumericStorage { |
||
| 1488 | public: |
||
| 1489 | llvm::APInt getValue() const { return getIntValue(); } |
||
| 1490 | void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val) { |
||
| 1491 | setIntValue(C, Val); |
||
| 1492 | } |
||
| 1493 | }; |
||
| 1494 | |||
| 1495 | class APFloatStorage : private APNumericStorage { |
||
| 1496 | public: |
||
| 1497 | llvm::APFloat getValue(const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics) const { |
||
| 1498 | return llvm::APFloat(Semantics, getIntValue()); |
||
| 1499 | } |
||
| 1500 | void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) { |
||
| 1501 | setIntValue(C, Val.bitcastToAPInt()); |
||
| 1502 | } |
||
| 1503 | }; |
||
| 1504 | |||
| 1505 | class IntegerLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage { |
||
| 1506 | SourceLocation Loc; |
||
| 1507 | |||
| 1508 | /// Construct an empty integer literal. |
||
| 1509 | explicit IntegerLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 1510 | : Expr(IntegerLiteralClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 1511 | |||
| 1512 | public: |
||
| 1513 | // type should be IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, UnsignedLongTy, |
||
| 1514 | // or UnsignedLongLongTy |
||
| 1515 | IntegerLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type, |
||
| 1516 | SourceLocation l); |
||
| 1517 | |||
| 1518 | /// Returns a new integer literal with value 'V' and type 'type'. |
||
| 1519 | /// \param type - either IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, |
||
| 1520 | /// UnsignedLongTy, or UnsignedLongLongTy which should match the size of V |
||
| 1521 | /// \param V - the value that the returned integer literal contains. |
||
| 1522 | static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, |
||
| 1523 | QualType type, SourceLocation l); |
||
| 1524 | /// Returns a new empty integer literal. |
||
| 1525 | static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
||
| 1526 | |||
| 1527 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1528 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1529 | |||
| 1530 | /// Retrieve the location of the literal. |
||
| 1531 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
||
| 1532 | |||
| 1533 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } |
||
| 1534 | |||
| 1535 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1536 | return T->getStmtClass() == IntegerLiteralClass; |
||
| 1537 | } |
||
| 1538 | |||
| 1539 | // Iterators |
||
| 1540 | child_range children() { |
||
| 1541 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 1542 | } |
||
| 1543 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1544 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 1545 | } |
||
| 1546 | }; |
||
| 1547 | |||
| 1548 | class FixedPointLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage { |
||
| 1549 | SourceLocation Loc; |
||
| 1550 | unsigned Scale; |
||
| 1551 | |||
| 1552 | /// \brief Construct an empty fixed-point literal. |
||
| 1553 | explicit FixedPointLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 1554 | : Expr(FixedPointLiteralClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 1555 | |||
| 1556 | public: |
||
| 1557 | FixedPointLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type, |
||
| 1558 | SourceLocation l, unsigned Scale); |
||
| 1559 | |||
| 1560 | // Store the int as is without any bit shifting. |
||
| 1561 | static FixedPointLiteral *CreateFromRawInt(const ASTContext &C, |
||
| 1562 | const llvm::APInt &V, |
||
| 1563 | QualType type, SourceLocation l, |
||
| 1564 | unsigned Scale); |
||
| 1565 | |||
| 1566 | /// Returns an empty fixed-point literal. |
||
| 1567 | static FixedPointLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
||
| 1568 | |||
| 1569 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1570 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1571 | |||
| 1572 | /// \brief Retrieve the location of the literal. |
||
| 1573 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
||
| 1574 | |||
| 1575 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } |
||
| 1576 | |||
| 1577 | unsigned getScale() const { return Scale; } |
||
| 1578 | void setScale(unsigned S) { Scale = S; } |
||
| 1579 | |||
| 1580 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1581 | return T->getStmtClass() == FixedPointLiteralClass; |
||
| 1582 | } |
||
| 1583 | |||
| 1584 | std::string getValueAsString(unsigned Radix) const; |
||
| 1585 | |||
| 1586 | // Iterators |
||
| 1587 | child_range children() { |
||
| 1588 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 1589 | } |
||
| 1590 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1591 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 1592 | } |
||
| 1593 | }; |
||
| 1594 | |||
| 1595 | class CharacterLiteral : public Expr { |
||
| 1596 | public: |
||
| 1597 | enum CharacterKind { |
||
| 1598 | Ascii, |
||
| 1599 | Wide, |
||
| 1600 | UTF8, |
||
| 1601 | UTF16, |
||
| 1602 | UTF32 |
||
| 1603 | }; |
||
| 1604 | |||
| 1605 | private: |
||
| 1606 | unsigned Value; |
||
| 1607 | SourceLocation Loc; |
||
| 1608 | public: |
||
| 1609 | // type should be IntTy |
||
| 1610 | CharacterLiteral(unsigned value, CharacterKind kind, QualType type, |
||
| 1611 | SourceLocation l) |
||
| 1612 | : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, type, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), |
||
| 1613 | Value(value), Loc(l) { |
||
| 1614 | CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind; |
||
| 1615 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
||
| 1616 | } |
||
| 1617 | |||
| 1618 | /// Construct an empty character literal. |
||
| 1619 | CharacterLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 1620 | |||
| 1621 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
||
| 1622 | CharacterKind getKind() const { |
||
| 1623 | return static_cast<CharacterKind>(CharacterLiteralBits.Kind); |
||
| 1624 | } |
||
| 1625 | |||
| 1626 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1627 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1628 | |||
| 1629 | unsigned getValue() const { return Value; } |
||
| 1630 | |||
| 1631 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } |
||
| 1632 | void setKind(CharacterKind kind) { CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind; } |
||
| 1633 | void setValue(unsigned Val) { Value = Val; } |
||
| 1634 | |||
| 1635 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1636 | return T->getStmtClass() == CharacterLiteralClass; |
||
| 1637 | } |
||
| 1638 | |||
| 1639 | static void print(unsigned val, CharacterKind Kind, raw_ostream &OS); |
||
| 1640 | |||
| 1641 | // Iterators |
||
| 1642 | child_range children() { |
||
| 1643 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 1644 | } |
||
| 1645 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1646 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 1647 | } |
||
| 1648 | }; |
||
| 1649 | |||
| 1650 | class FloatingLiteral : public Expr, private APFloatStorage { |
||
| 1651 | SourceLocation Loc; |
||
| 1652 | |||
| 1653 | FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, bool isexact, |
||
| 1654 | QualType Type, SourceLocation L); |
||
| 1655 | |||
| 1656 | /// Construct an empty floating-point literal. |
||
| 1657 | explicit FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
||
| 1658 | |||
| 1659 | public: |
||
| 1660 | static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, |
||
| 1661 | bool isexact, QualType Type, SourceLocation L); |
||
| 1662 | static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); |
||
| 1663 | |||
| 1664 | llvm::APFloat getValue() const { |
||
| 1665 | return APFloatStorage::getValue(getSemantics()); |
||
| 1666 | } |
||
| 1667 | void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) { |
||
| 1668 | assert(&getSemantics() == &Val.getSemantics() && "Inconsistent semantics"); |
||
| 1669 | APFloatStorage::setValue(C, Val); |
||
| 1670 | } |
||
| 1671 | |||
| 1672 | /// Get a raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of |
||
| 1673 | /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation. |
||
| 1674 | llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics getRawSemantics() const { |
||
| 1675 | return static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>( |
||
| 1676 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics); |
||
| 1677 | } |
||
| 1678 | |||
| 1679 | /// Set the raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of |
||
| 1680 | /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation. |
||
| 1681 | void setRawSemantics(llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics Sem) { |
||
| 1682 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = Sem; |
||
| 1683 | } |
||
| 1684 | |||
| 1685 | /// Return the APFloat semantics this literal uses. |
||
| 1686 | const llvm::fltSemantics &getSemantics() const { |
||
| 1687 | return llvm::APFloatBase::EnumToSemantics( |
||
| 1688 | static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>( |
||
| 1689 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics)); |
||
| 1690 | } |
||
| 1691 | |||
| 1692 | /// Set the APFloat semantics this literal uses. |
||
| 1693 | void setSemantics(const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem) { |
||
| 1694 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(Sem); |
||
| 1695 | } |
||
| 1696 | |||
| 1697 | bool isExact() const { return FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact; } |
||
| 1698 | void setExact(bool E) { FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact = E; } |
||
| 1699 | |||
| 1700 | /// getValueAsApproximateDouble - This returns the value as an inaccurate |
||
| 1701 | /// double. Note that this may cause loss of precision, but is useful for |
||
| 1702 | /// debugging dumps, etc. |
||
| 1703 | double getValueAsApproximateDouble() const; |
||
| 1704 | |||
| 1705 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } |
||
| 1706 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; } |
||
| 1707 | |||
| 1708 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1709 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } |
||
| 1710 | |||
| 1711 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1712 | return T->getStmtClass() == FloatingLiteralClass; |
||
| 1713 | } |
||
| 1714 | |||
| 1715 | // Iterators |
||
| 1716 | child_range children() { |
||
| 1717 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 1718 | } |
||
| 1719 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1720 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 1721 | } |
||
| 1722 | }; |
||
| 1723 | |||
| 1724 | /// ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, |
||
| 1725 | /// like "1.0i". We represent these as a wrapper around FloatingLiteral and |
||
| 1726 | /// IntegerLiteral classes. Instances of this class always have a Complex type |
||
| 1727 | /// whose element type matches the subexpression. |
||
| 1728 | /// |
||
| 1729 | class ImaginaryLiteral : public Expr { |
||
| 1730 | Stmt *Val; |
||
| 1731 | public: |
||
| 1732 | ImaginaryLiteral(Expr *val, QualType Ty) |
||
| 1733 | : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(val) { |
||
| 1734 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
||
| 1735 | } |
||
| 1736 | |||
| 1737 | /// Build an empty imaginary literal. |
||
| 1738 | explicit ImaginaryLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 1739 | : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 1740 | |||
| 1741 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
||
| 1742 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
||
| 1743 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
||
| 1744 | |||
| 1745 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 1746 | return Val->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 1747 | } |
||
| 1748 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Val->getEndLoc(); } |
||
| 1749 | |||
| 1750 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1751 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImaginaryLiteralClass; |
||
| 1752 | } |
||
| 1753 | |||
| 1754 | // Iterators |
||
| 1755 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
||
| 1756 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1757 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
||
| 1758 | } |
||
| 1759 | }; |
||
| 1760 | |||
| 1761 | /// StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g. "foo" |
||
| 1762 | /// or L"bar" (wide strings). The actual string data can be obtained with |
||
| 1763 | /// getBytes() and is NOT null-terminated. The length of the string data is |
||
| 1764 | /// determined by calling getByteLength(). |
||
| 1765 | /// |
||
| 1766 | /// The C type for a string is always a ConstantArrayType. In C++, the char |
||
| 1767 | /// type is const qualified, in C it is not. |
||
| 1768 | /// |
||
| 1769 | /// Note that strings in C can be formed by concatenation of multiple string |
||
| 1770 | /// literal pptokens in translation phase #6. This keeps track of the locations |
||
| 1771 | /// of each of these pieces. |
||
| 1772 | /// |
||
| 1773 | /// Strings in C can also be truncated and extended by assigning into arrays, |
||
| 1774 | /// e.g. with constructs like: |
||
| 1775 | /// char X[2] = "foobar"; |
||
| 1776 | /// In this case, getByteLength() will return 6, but the string literal will |
||
| 1777 | /// have type "char[2]". |
||
| 1778 | class StringLiteral final |
||
| 1779 | : public Expr, |
||
| 1780 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<StringLiteral, unsigned, SourceLocation, |
||
| 1781 | char> { |
||
| 1782 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 1783 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 1784 | |||
| 1785 | /// StringLiteral is followed by several trailing objects. They are in order: |
||
| 1786 | /// |
||
| 1787 | /// * A single unsigned storing the length in characters of this string. The |
||
| 1788 | /// length in bytes is this length times the width of a single character. |
||
| 1789 | /// Always present and stored as a trailing objects because storing it in |
||
| 1790 | /// StringLiteral would increase the size of StringLiteral by sizeof(void *) |
||
| 1791 | /// due to alignment requirements. If you add some data to StringLiteral, |
||
| 1792 | /// consider moving it inside StringLiteral. |
||
| 1793 | /// |
||
| 1794 | /// * An array of getNumConcatenated() SourceLocation, one for each of the |
||
| 1795 | /// token this string is made of. |
||
| 1796 | /// |
||
| 1797 | /// * An array of getByteLength() char used to store the string data. |
||
| 1798 | |||
| 1799 | public: |
||
| 1800 | enum StringKind { Ordinary, Wide, UTF8, UTF16, UTF32 }; |
||
| 1801 | |||
| 1802 | private: |
||
| 1803 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<unsigned>) const { return 1; } |
||
| 1804 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
||
| 1805 | return getNumConcatenated(); |
||
| 1806 | } |
||
| 1807 | |||
| 1808 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<char>) const { |
||
| 1809 | return getByteLength(); |
||
| 1810 | } |
||
| 1811 | |||
| 1812 | char *getStrDataAsChar() { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
||
| 1813 | const char *getStrDataAsChar() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
||
| 1814 | |||
| 1815 | const uint16_t *getStrDataAsUInt16() const { |
||
| 1816 | return reinterpret_cast<const uint16_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>()); |
||
| 1817 | } |
||
| 1818 | |||
| 1819 | const uint32_t *getStrDataAsUInt32() const { |
||
| 1820 | return reinterpret_cast<const uint32_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>()); |
||
| 1821 | } |
||
| 1822 | |||
| 1823 | /// Build a string literal. |
||
| 1824 | StringLiteral(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringKind Kind, |
||
| 1825 | bool Pascal, QualType Ty, const SourceLocation *Loc, |
||
| 1826 | unsigned NumConcatenated); |
||
| 1827 | |||
| 1828 | /// Build an empty string literal. |
||
| 1829 | StringLiteral(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length, |
||
| 1830 | unsigned CharByteWidth); |
||
| 1831 | |||
| 1832 | /// Map a target and string kind to the appropriate character width. |
||
| 1833 | static unsigned mapCharByteWidth(TargetInfo const &Target, StringKind SK); |
||
| 1834 | |||
| 1835 | /// Set one of the string literal token. |
||
| 1836 | void setStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum, SourceLocation L) { |
||
| 1837 | assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number"); |
||
| 1838 | getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum] = L; |
||
| 1839 | } |
||
| 1840 | |||
| 1841 | public: |
||
| 1842 | /// This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of |
||
| 1843 | /// strings formed from multiple concatenated tokens. |
||
| 1844 | static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, |
||
| 1845 | StringKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, |
||
| 1846 | const SourceLocation *Loc, |
||
| 1847 | unsigned NumConcatenated); |
||
| 1848 | |||
| 1849 | /// Simple constructor for string literals made from one token. |
||
| 1850 | static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, |
||
| 1851 | StringKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, |
||
| 1852 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
||
| 1853 | return Create(Ctx, Str, Kind, Pascal, Ty, &Loc, 1); |
||
| 1854 | } |
||
| 1855 | |||
| 1856 | /// Construct an empty string literal. |
||
| 1857 | static StringLiteral *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 1858 | unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length, |
||
| 1859 | unsigned CharByteWidth); |
||
| 1860 | |||
| 1861 | StringRef getString() const { |
||
| 1862 | assert(getCharByteWidth() == 1 && |
||
| 1863 | "This function is used in places that assume strings use char"); |
||
| 1864 | return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength()); |
||
| 1865 | } |
||
| 1866 | |||
| 1867 | /// Allow access to clients that need the byte representation, such as |
||
| 1868 | /// ASTWriterStmt::VisitStringLiteral(). |
||
| 1869 | StringRef getBytes() const { |
||
| 1870 | // FIXME: StringRef may not be the right type to use as a result for this. |
||
| 1871 | return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength()); |
||
| 1872 | } |
||
| 1873 | |||
| 1874 | void outputString(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
||
| 1875 | |||
| 1876 | uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const { |
||
| 1877 | assert(i < getLength() && "out of bounds access"); |
||
| 1878 | switch (getCharByteWidth()) { |
||
| 1879 | case 1: |
||
| 1880 | return static_cast<unsigned char>(getStrDataAsChar()[i]); |
||
| 1881 | case 2: |
||
| 1882 | return getStrDataAsUInt16()[i]; |
||
| 1883 | case 4: |
||
| 1884 | return getStrDataAsUInt32()[i]; |
||
| 1885 | } |
||
| 1886 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported character width!"); |
||
| 1887 | } |
||
| 1888 | |||
| 1889 | unsigned getByteLength() const { return getCharByteWidth() * getLength(); } |
||
| 1890 | unsigned getLength() const { return *getTrailingObjects<unsigned>(); } |
||
| 1891 | unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return StringLiteralBits.CharByteWidth; } |
||
| 1892 | |||
| 1893 | StringKind getKind() const { |
||
| 1894 | return static_cast<StringKind>(StringLiteralBits.Kind); |
||
| 1895 | } |
||
| 1896 | |||
| 1897 | bool isOrdinary() const { return getKind() == Ordinary; } |
||
| 1898 | bool isWide() const { return getKind() == Wide; } |
||
| 1899 | bool isUTF8() const { return getKind() == UTF8; } |
||
| 1900 | bool isUTF16() const { return getKind() == UTF16; } |
||
| 1901 | bool isUTF32() const { return getKind() == UTF32; } |
||
| 1902 | bool isPascal() const { return StringLiteralBits.IsPascal; } |
||
| 1903 | |||
| 1904 | bool containsNonAscii() const { |
||
| 1905 | for (auto c : getString()) |
||
| 1906 | if (!isASCII(c)) |
||
| 1907 | return true; |
||
| 1908 | return false; |
||
| 1909 | } |
||
| 1910 | |||
| 1911 | bool containsNonAsciiOrNull() const { |
||
| 1912 | for (auto c : getString()) |
||
| 1913 | if (!isASCII(c) || !c) |
||
| 1914 | return true; |
||
| 1915 | return false; |
||
| 1916 | } |
||
| 1917 | |||
| 1918 | /// getNumConcatenated - Get the number of string literal tokens that were |
||
| 1919 | /// concatenated in translation phase #6 to form this string literal. |
||
| 1920 | unsigned getNumConcatenated() const { |
||
| 1921 | return StringLiteralBits.NumConcatenated; |
||
| 1922 | } |
||
| 1923 | |||
| 1924 | /// Get one of the string literal token. |
||
| 1925 | SourceLocation getStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum) const { |
||
| 1926 | assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number"); |
||
| 1927 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum]; |
||
| 1928 | } |
||
| 1929 | |||
| 1930 | /// getLocationOfByte - Return a source location that points to the specified |
||
| 1931 | /// byte of this string literal. |
||
| 1932 | /// |
||
| 1933 | /// Strings are amazingly complex. They can be formed from multiple tokens |
||
| 1934 | /// and can have escape sequences in them in addition to the usual trigraph |
||
| 1935 | /// and escaped newline business. This routine handles this complexity. |
||
| 1936 | /// |
||
| 1937 | SourceLocation |
||
| 1938 | getLocationOfByte(unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, |
||
| 1939 | const LangOptions &Features, const TargetInfo &Target, |
||
| 1940 | unsigned *StartToken = nullptr, |
||
| 1941 | unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const; |
||
| 1942 | |||
| 1943 | typedef const SourceLocation *tokloc_iterator; |
||
| 1944 | |||
| 1945 | tokloc_iterator tokloc_begin() const { |
||
| 1946 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>(); |
||
| 1947 | } |
||
| 1948 | |||
| 1949 | tokloc_iterator tokloc_end() const { |
||
| 1950 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() + getNumConcatenated(); |
||
| 1951 | } |
||
| 1952 | |||
| 1953 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *tokloc_begin(); } |
||
| 1954 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *(tokloc_end() - 1); } |
||
| 1955 | |||
| 1956 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 1957 | return T->getStmtClass() == StringLiteralClass; |
||
| 1958 | } |
||
| 1959 | |||
| 1960 | // Iterators |
||
| 1961 | child_range children() { |
||
| 1962 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 1963 | } |
||
| 1964 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 1965 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 1966 | } |
||
| 1967 | }; |
||
| 1968 | |||
| 1969 | /// [C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as __func__. |
||
| 1970 | class PredefinedExpr final |
||
| 1971 | : public Expr, |
||
| 1972 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PredefinedExpr, Stmt *> { |
||
| 1973 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 1974 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 1975 | |||
| 1976 | // PredefinedExpr is optionally followed by a single trailing |
||
| 1977 | // "Stmt *" for the predefined identifier. It is present if and only if |
||
| 1978 | // hasFunctionName() is true and is always a "StringLiteral *". |
||
| 1979 | |||
| 1980 | public: |
||
| 1981 | enum IdentKind { |
||
| 1982 | Func, |
||
| 1983 | Function, |
||
| 1984 | LFunction, // Same as Function, but as wide string. |
||
| 1985 | FuncDName, |
||
| 1986 | FuncSig, |
||
| 1987 | LFuncSig, // Same as FuncSig, but as wide string |
||
| 1988 | PrettyFunction, |
||
| 1989 | /// The same as PrettyFunction, except that the |
||
| 1990 | /// 'virtual' keyword is omitted for virtual member functions. |
||
| 1991 | PrettyFunctionNoVirtual |
||
| 1992 | }; |
||
| 1993 | |||
| 1994 | private: |
||
| 1995 | PredefinedExpr(SourceLocation L, QualType FNTy, IdentKind IK, |
||
| 1996 | StringLiteral *SL); |
||
| 1997 | |||
| 1998 | explicit PredefinedExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool HasFunctionName); |
||
| 1999 | |||
| 2000 | /// True if this PredefinedExpr has storage for a function name. |
||
| 2001 | bool hasFunctionName() const { return PredefinedExprBits.HasFunctionName; } |
||
| 2002 | |||
| 2003 | void setFunctionName(StringLiteral *SL) { |
||
| 2004 | assert(hasFunctionName() && |
||
| 2005 | "This PredefinedExpr has no storage for a function name!"); |
||
| 2006 | *getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() = SL; |
||
| 2007 | } |
||
| 2008 | |||
| 2009 | public: |
||
| 2010 | /// Create a PredefinedExpr. |
||
| 2011 | static PredefinedExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation L, |
||
| 2012 | QualType FNTy, IdentKind IK, StringLiteral *SL); |
||
| 2013 | |||
| 2014 | /// Create an empty PredefinedExpr. |
||
| 2015 | static PredefinedExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 2016 | bool HasFunctionName); |
||
| 2017 | |||
| 2018 | IdentKind getIdentKind() const { |
||
| 2019 | return static_cast<IdentKind>(PredefinedExprBits.Kind); |
||
| 2020 | } |
||
| 2021 | |||
| 2022 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return PredefinedExprBits.Loc; } |
||
| 2023 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { PredefinedExprBits.Loc = L; } |
||
| 2024 | |||
| 2025 | StringLiteral *getFunctionName() { |
||
| 2026 | return hasFunctionName() |
||
| 2027 | ? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()) |
||
| 2028 | : nullptr; |
||
| 2029 | } |
||
| 2030 | |||
| 2031 | const StringLiteral *getFunctionName() const { |
||
| 2032 | return hasFunctionName() |
||
| 2033 | ? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()) |
||
| 2034 | : nullptr; |
||
| 2035 | } |
||
| 2036 | |||
| 2037 | static StringRef getIdentKindName(IdentKind IK); |
||
| 2038 | StringRef getIdentKindName() const { |
||
| 2039 | return getIdentKindName(getIdentKind()); |
||
| 2040 | } |
||
| 2041 | |||
| 2042 | static std::string ComputeName(IdentKind IK, const Decl *CurrentDecl); |
||
| 2043 | |||
| 2044 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
||
| 2045 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
||
| 2046 | |||
| 2047 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2048 | return T->getStmtClass() == PredefinedExprClass; |
||
| 2049 | } |
||
| 2050 | |||
| 2051 | // Iterators |
||
| 2052 | child_range children() { |
||
| 2053 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
||
| 2054 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName()); |
||
| 2055 | } |
||
| 2056 | |||
| 2057 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 2058 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
||
| 2059 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName()); |
||
| 2060 | } |
||
| 2061 | }; |
||
| 2062 | |||
| 2063 | // This represents a use of the __builtin_sycl_unique_stable_name, which takes a |
||
| 2064 | // type-id, and at CodeGen time emits a unique string representation of the |
||
| 2065 | // type in a way that permits us to properly encode information about the SYCL |
||
| 2066 | // kernels. |
||
| 2067 | class SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr final : public Expr { |
||
| 2068 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 2069 | SourceLocation OpLoc, LParen, RParen; |
||
| 2070 | TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo; |
||
| 2071 | |||
| 2072 | SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(EmptyShell Empty, QualType ResultTy); |
||
| 2073 | SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
||
| 2074 | SourceLocation RParen, QualType ResultTy, |
||
| 2075 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI); |
||
| 2076 | |||
| 2077 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *Ty) { TypeInfo = Ty; } |
||
| 2078 | |||
| 2079 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; } |
||
| 2080 | void setLParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { LParen = L; } |
||
| 2081 | void setRParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { RParen = L; } |
||
| 2082 | |||
| 2083 | public: |
||
| 2084 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() { return TypeInfo; } |
||
| 2085 | |||
| 2086 | const TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TypeInfo; } |
||
| 2087 | |||
| 2088 | static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr * |
||
| 2089 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
||
| 2090 | SourceLocation RParen, TypeSourceInfo *TSI); |
||
| 2091 | |||
| 2092 | static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx); |
||
| 2093 | |||
| 2094 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
||
| 2095 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParen; } |
||
| 2096 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpLoc; } |
||
| 2097 | SourceLocation getLParenLocation() const { return LParen; } |
||
| 2098 | SourceLocation getRParenLocation() const { return RParen; } |
||
| 2099 | |||
| 2100 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2101 | return T->getStmtClass() == SYCLUniqueStableNameExprClass; |
||
| 2102 | } |
||
| 2103 | |||
| 2104 | // Iterators |
||
| 2105 | child_range children() { |
||
| 2106 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 2107 | } |
||
| 2108 | |||
| 2109 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 2110 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 2111 | } |
||
| 2112 | |||
| 2113 | // Convenience function to generate the name of the currently stored type. |
||
| 2114 | std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const; |
||
| 2115 | |||
| 2116 | // Get the generated name of the type. Note that this only works after all |
||
| 2117 | // kernels have been instantiated. |
||
| 2118 | static std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty); |
||
| 2119 | }; |
||
| 2120 | |||
| 2121 | /// ParenExpr - This represents a parethesized expression, e.g. "(1)". This |
||
| 2122 | /// AST node is only formed if full location information is requested. |
||
| 2123 | class ParenExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 2124 | SourceLocation L, R; |
||
| 2125 | Stmt *Val; |
||
| 2126 | public: |
||
| 2127 | ParenExpr(SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r, Expr *val) |
||
| 2128 | : Expr(ParenExprClass, val->getType(), val->getValueKind(), |
||
| 2129 | val->getObjectKind()), |
||
| 2130 | L(l), R(r), Val(val) { |
||
| 2131 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 2132 | } |
||
| 2133 | |||
| 2134 | /// Construct an empty parenthesized expression. |
||
| 2135 | explicit ParenExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 2136 | : Expr(ParenExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 2137 | |||
| 2138 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
||
| 2139 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
||
| 2140 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
||
| 2141 | |||
| 2142 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return L; } |
||
| 2143 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return R; } |
||
| 2144 | |||
| 2145 | /// Get the location of the left parentheses '('. |
||
| 2146 | SourceLocation getLParen() const { return L; } |
||
| 2147 | void setLParen(SourceLocation Loc) { L = Loc; } |
||
| 2148 | |||
| 2149 | /// Get the location of the right parentheses ')'. |
||
| 2150 | SourceLocation getRParen() const { return R; } |
||
| 2151 | void setRParen(SourceLocation Loc) { R = Loc; } |
||
| 2152 | |||
| 2153 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2154 | return T->getStmtClass() == ParenExprClass; |
||
| 2155 | } |
||
| 2156 | |||
| 2157 | // Iterators |
||
| 2158 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
||
| 2159 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 2160 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
||
| 2161 | } |
||
| 2162 | }; |
||
| 2163 | |||
| 2164 | /// UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and |
||
| 2165 | /// alignof), the postinc/postdec operators from postfix-expression, and various |
||
| 2166 | /// extensions. |
||
| 2167 | /// |
||
| 2168 | /// Notes on various nodes: |
||
| 2169 | /// |
||
| 2170 | /// Real/Imag - These return the real/imag part of a complex operand. If |
||
| 2171 | /// applied to a non-complex value, the former returns its operand and the |
||
| 2172 | /// later returns zero in the type of the operand. |
||
| 2173 | /// |
||
| 2174 | class UnaryOperator final |
||
| 2175 | : public Expr, |
||
| 2176 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnaryOperator, FPOptionsOverride> { |
||
| 2177 | Stmt *Val; |
||
| 2178 | |||
| 2179 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FPOptionsOverride>) const { |
||
| 2180 | return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures ? 1 : 0; |
||
| 2181 | } |
||
| 2182 | |||
| 2183 | FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() { |
||
| 2184 | assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 2185 | return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>(); |
||
| 2186 | } |
||
| 2187 | |||
| 2188 | const FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 2189 | assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 2190 | return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>(); |
||
| 2191 | } |
||
| 2192 | |||
| 2193 | public: |
||
| 2194 | typedef UnaryOperatorKind Opcode; |
||
| 2195 | |||
| 2196 | protected: |
||
| 2197 | UnaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *input, Opcode opc, QualType type, |
||
| 2198 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, |
||
| 2199 | bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
||
| 2200 | |||
| 2201 | /// Build an empty unary operator. |
||
| 2202 | explicit UnaryOperator(bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 2203 | : Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, Empty) { |
||
| 2204 | UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = UO_AddrOf; |
||
| 2205 | UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; |
||
| 2206 | } |
||
| 2207 | |||
| 2208 | public: |
||
| 2209 | static UnaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures); |
||
| 2210 | |||
| 2211 | static UnaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *input, Opcode opc, |
||
| 2212 | QualType type, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 2213 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, |
||
| 2214 | bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
||
| 2215 | |||
| 2216 | Opcode getOpcode() const { |
||
| 2217 | return static_cast<Opcode>(UnaryOperatorBits.Opc); |
||
| 2218 | } |
||
| 2219 | void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; } |
||
| 2220 | |||
| 2221 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
||
| 2222 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
||
| 2223 | |||
| 2224 | /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator. |
||
| 2225 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.Loc; } |
||
| 2226 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { UnaryOperatorBits.Loc = L; } |
||
| 2227 | |||
| 2228 | /// Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow. For instance, |
||
| 2229 | /// signed int i = INT_MAX; i++; |
||
| 2230 | /// signed char c = CHAR_MAX; c++; |
||
| 2231 | /// Due to integer promotions, c++ is promoted to an int before the postfix |
||
| 2232 | /// increment, and the result is an int that cannot overflow. However, i++ |
||
| 2233 | /// can overflow. |
||
| 2234 | bool canOverflow() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow; } |
||
| 2235 | void setCanOverflow(bool C) { UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow = C; } |
||
| 2236 | |||
| 2237 | // Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
||
| 2238 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 2239 | bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 2240 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement(); |
||
| 2241 | } |
||
| 2242 | |||
| 2243 | // Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
||
| 2244 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 2245 | bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 2246 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess(); |
||
| 2247 | } |
||
| 2248 | |||
| 2249 | /// isPostfix - Return true if this is a postfix operation, like x++. |
||
| 2250 | static bool isPostfix(Opcode Op) { |
||
| 2251 | return Op == UO_PostInc || Op == UO_PostDec; |
||
| 2252 | } |
||
| 2253 | |||
| 2254 | /// isPrefix - Return true if this is a prefix operation, like --x. |
||
| 2255 | static bool isPrefix(Opcode Op) { |
||
| 2256 | return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PreDec; |
||
| 2257 | } |
||
| 2258 | |||
| 2259 | bool isPrefix() const { return isPrefix(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 2260 | bool isPostfix() const { return isPostfix(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 2261 | |||
| 2262 | static bool isIncrementOp(Opcode Op) { |
||
| 2263 | return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PostInc; |
||
| 2264 | } |
||
| 2265 | bool isIncrementOp() const { |
||
| 2266 | return isIncrementOp(getOpcode()); |
||
| 2267 | } |
||
| 2268 | |||
| 2269 | static bool isDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { |
||
| 2270 | return Op == UO_PreDec || Op == UO_PostDec; |
||
| 2271 | } |
||
| 2272 | bool isDecrementOp() const { |
||
| 2273 | return isDecrementOp(getOpcode()); |
||
| 2274 | } |
||
| 2275 | |||
| 2276 | static bool isIncrementDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { return Op <= UO_PreDec; } |
||
| 2277 | bool isIncrementDecrementOp() const { |
||
| 2278 | return isIncrementDecrementOp(getOpcode()); |
||
| 2279 | } |
||
| 2280 | |||
| 2281 | static bool isArithmeticOp(Opcode Op) { |
||
| 2282 | return Op >= UO_Plus && Op <= UO_LNot; |
||
| 2283 | } |
||
| 2284 | bool isArithmeticOp() const { return isArithmeticOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 2285 | |||
| 2286 | /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it |
||
| 2287 | /// corresponds to, e.g. "sizeof" or "[pre]++" |
||
| 2288 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op); |
||
| 2289 | |||
| 2290 | /// Retrieve the unary opcode that corresponds to the given |
||
| 2291 | /// overloaded operator. |
||
| 2292 | static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, bool Postfix); |
||
| 2293 | |||
| 2294 | /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to |
||
| 2295 | /// the given unary opcode. |
||
| 2296 | static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc); |
||
| 2297 | |||
| 2298 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 2299 | return isPostfix() ? Val->getBeginLoc() : getOperatorLoc(); |
||
| 2300 | } |
||
| 2301 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 2302 | return isPostfix() ? getOperatorLoc() : Val->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 2303 | } |
||
| 2304 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); } |
||
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2307 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryOperatorClass; |
||
| 2308 | } |
||
| 2309 | |||
| 2310 | // Iterators |
||
| 2311 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
||
| 2312 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 2313 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
||
| 2314 | } |
||
| 2315 | |||
| 2316 | /// Is FPFeatures in Trailing Storage? |
||
| 2317 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
||
| 2318 | |||
| 2319 | /// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage. |
||
| 2320 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 2321 | return getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
||
| 2322 | } |
||
| 2323 | |||
| 2324 | protected: |
||
| 2325 | /// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used only by Serialization |
||
| 2326 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; } |
||
| 2327 | |||
| 2328 | public: |
||
| 2329 | // Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
||
| 2330 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 2331 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 2332 | if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 2333 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
||
| 2334 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
||
| 2335 | } |
||
| 2336 | FPOptionsOverride getFPOptionsOverride() const { |
||
| 2337 | if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 2338 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
||
| 2339 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
||
| 2340 | } |
||
| 2341 | |||
| 2342 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 2343 | friend class ASTReader; |
||
| 2344 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 2345 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 2346 | }; |
||
| 2347 | |||
| 2348 | /// Helper class for OffsetOfExpr. |
||
| 2349 | |||
| 2350 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
||
| 2351 | class OffsetOfNode { |
||
| 2352 | public: |
||
| 2353 | /// The kind of offsetof node we have. |
||
| 2354 | enum Kind { |
||
| 2355 | /// An index into an array. |
||
| 2356 | Array = 0x00, |
||
| 2357 | /// A field. |
||
| 2358 | Field = 0x01, |
||
| 2359 | /// A field in a dependent type, known only by its name. |
||
| 2360 | Identifier = 0x02, |
||
| 2361 | /// An implicit indirection through a C++ base class, when the |
||
| 2362 | /// field found is in a base class. |
||
| 2363 | Base = 0x03 |
||
| 2364 | }; |
||
| 2365 | |||
| 2366 | private: |
||
| 2367 | enum { MaskBits = 2, Mask = 0x03 }; |
||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 | /// The source range that covers this part of the designator. |
||
| 2370 | SourceRange Range; |
||
| 2371 | |||
| 2372 | /// The data describing the designator, which comes in three |
||
| 2373 | /// different forms, depending on the lower two bits. |
||
| 2374 | /// - An unsigned index into the array of Expr*'s stored after this node |
||
| 2375 | /// in memory, for [constant-expression] designators. |
||
| 2376 | /// - A FieldDecl*, for references to a known field. |
||
| 2377 | /// - An IdentifierInfo*, for references to a field with a given name |
||
| 2378 | /// when the class type is dependent. |
||
| 2379 | /// - A CXXBaseSpecifier*, for references that look at a field in a |
||
| 2380 | /// base class. |
||
| 2381 | uintptr_t Data; |
||
| 2382 | |||
| 2383 | public: |
||
| 2384 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an array element. |
||
| 2385 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation LBracketLoc, unsigned Index, |
||
| 2386 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
||
| 2387 | : Range(LBracketLoc, RBracketLoc), Data((Index << 2) | Array) {} |
||
| 2388 | |||
| 2389 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers to a field. |
||
| 2390 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation NameLoc) |
||
| 2391 | : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc), |
||
| 2392 | Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Field) | OffsetOfNode::Field) {} |
||
| 2393 | |||
| 2394 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an identifier. |
||
| 2395 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
||
| 2396 | SourceLocation NameLoc) |
||
| 2397 | : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc), |
||
| 2398 | Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name) | Identifier) {} |
||
| 2399 | |||
| 2400 | /// Create an offsetof node that refers into a C++ base class. |
||
| 2401 | explicit OffsetOfNode(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base) |
||
| 2402 | : Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Base) | OffsetOfNode::Base) {} |
||
| 2403 | |||
| 2404 | /// Determine what kind of offsetof node this is. |
||
| 2405 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Data & Mask); } |
||
| 2406 | |||
| 2407 | /// For an array element node, returns the index into the array |
||
| 2408 | /// of expressions. |
||
| 2409 | unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const { |
||
| 2410 | assert(getKind() == Array); |
||
| 2411 | return Data >> 2; |
||
| 2412 | } |
||
| 2413 | |||
| 2414 | /// For a field offsetof node, returns the field. |
||
| 2415 | FieldDecl *getField() const { |
||
| 2416 | assert(getKind() == Field); |
||
| 2417 | return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask); |
||
| 2418 | } |
||
| 2419 | |||
| 2420 | /// For a field or identifier offsetof node, returns the name of |
||
| 2421 | /// the field. |
||
| 2422 | IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const; |
||
| 2423 | |||
| 2424 | /// For a base class node, returns the base specifier. |
||
| 2425 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getBase() const { |
||
| 2426 | assert(getKind() == Base); |
||
| 2427 | return reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask); |
||
| 2428 | } |
||
| 2429 | |||
| 2430 | /// Retrieve the source range that covers this offsetof node. |
||
| 2431 | /// |
||
| 2432 | /// For an array element node, the source range contains the locations of |
||
| 2433 | /// the square brackets. For a field or identifier node, the source range |
||
| 2434 | /// contains the location of the period (if there is one) and the |
||
| 2435 | /// identifier. |
||
| 2436 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; } |
||
| 2437 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); } |
||
| 2438 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); } |
||
| 2439 | }; |
||
| 2440 | |||
| 2441 | /// OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form |
||
| 2442 | /// offsetof(record-type, member-designator). For example, given: |
||
| 2443 | /// @code |
||
| 2444 | /// struct S { |
||
| 2445 | /// float f; |
||
| 2446 | /// double d; |
||
| 2447 | /// }; |
||
| 2448 | /// struct T { |
||
| 2449 | /// int i; |
||
| 2450 | /// struct S s[10]; |
||
| 2451 | /// }; |
||
| 2452 | /// @endcode |
||
| 2453 | /// we can represent and evaluate the expression @c offsetof(struct T, s[2].d). |
||
| 2454 | |||
| 2455 | class OffsetOfExpr final |
||
| 2456 | : public Expr, |
||
| 2457 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<OffsetOfExpr, OffsetOfNode, Expr *> { |
||
| 2458 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 2459 | // Base type; |
||
| 2460 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; |
||
| 2461 | // Number of sub-components (i.e. instances of OffsetOfNode). |
||
| 2462 | unsigned NumComps; |
||
| 2463 | // Number of sub-expressions (i.e. array subscript expressions). |
||
| 2464 | unsigned NumExprs; |
||
| 2465 | |||
| 2466 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<OffsetOfNode>) const { |
||
| 2467 | return NumComps; |
||
| 2468 | } |
||
| 2469 | |||
| 2470 | OffsetOfExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType type, |
||
| 2471 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi, |
||
| 2472 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, |
||
| 2473 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
||
| 2474 | |||
| 2475 | explicit OffsetOfExpr(unsigned numComps, unsigned numExprs) |
||
| 2476 | : Expr(OffsetOfExprClass, EmptyShell()), |
||
| 2477 | TSInfo(nullptr), NumComps(numComps), NumExprs(numExprs) {} |
||
| 2478 | |||
| 2479 | public: |
||
| 2480 | |||
| 2481 | static OffsetOfExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType type, |
||
| 2482 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi, |
||
| 2483 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, |
||
| 2484 | ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
||
| 2485 | |||
| 2486 | static OffsetOfExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, |
||
| 2487 | unsigned NumComps, unsigned NumExprs); |
||
| 2488 | |||
| 2489 | /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator. |
||
| 2490 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } |
||
| 2491 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OperatorLoc = L; } |
||
| 2492 | |||
| 2493 | /// Return the location of the right parentheses. |
||
| 2494 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 2495 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation R) { RParenLoc = R; } |
||
| 2496 | |||
| 2497 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
||
| 2498 | return TSInfo; |
||
| 2499 | } |
||
| 2500 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tsi) { |
||
| 2501 | TSInfo = tsi; |
||
| 2502 | } |
||
| 2503 | |||
| 2504 | const OffsetOfNode &getComponent(unsigned Idx) const { |
||
| 2505 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range"); |
||
| 2506 | return getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx]; |
||
| 2507 | } |
||
| 2508 | |||
| 2509 | void setComponent(unsigned Idx, OffsetOfNode ON) { |
||
| 2510 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range"); |
||
| 2511 | getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx] = ON; |
||
| 2512 | } |
||
| 2513 | |||
| 2514 | unsigned getNumComponents() const { |
||
| 2515 | return NumComps; |
||
| 2516 | } |
||
| 2517 | |||
| 2518 | Expr* getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) { |
||
| 2519 | assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range"); |
||
| 2520 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx]; |
||
| 2521 | } |
||
| 2522 | |||
| 2523 | const Expr *getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) const { |
||
| 2524 | assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range"); |
||
| 2525 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx]; |
||
| 2526 | } |
||
| 2527 | |||
| 2528 | void setIndexExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr* E) { |
||
| 2529 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range"); |
||
| 2530 | getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx] = E; |
||
| 2531 | } |
||
| 2532 | |||
| 2533 | unsigned getNumExpressions() const { |
||
| 2534 | return NumExprs; |
||
| 2535 | } |
||
| 2536 | |||
| 2537 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; } |
||
| 2538 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 2539 | |||
| 2540 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2541 | return T->getStmtClass() == OffsetOfExprClass; |
||
| 2542 | } |
||
| 2543 | |||
| 2544 | // Iterators |
||
| 2545 | child_range children() { |
||
| 2546 | Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); |
||
| 2547 | return child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs); |
||
| 2548 | } |
||
| 2549 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 2550 | Stmt *const *begin = |
||
| 2551 | reinterpret_cast<Stmt *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); |
||
| 2552 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs); |
||
| 2553 | } |
||
| 2554 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 2555 | }; |
||
| 2556 | |||
| 2557 | /// UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) |
||
| 2558 | /// expression operand. Used for sizeof/alignof (C99 6.5.3.4) and |
||
| 2559 | /// vec_step (OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12). |
||
| 2560 | class UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 2561 | union { |
||
| 2562 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty; |
||
| 2563 | Stmt *Ex; |
||
| 2564 | } Argument; |
||
| 2565 | SourceLocation OpLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 2566 | |||
| 2567 | public: |
||
| 2568 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
||
| 2569 | QualType resultType, SourceLocation op, |
||
| 2570 | SourceLocation rp) |
||
| 2571 | : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_PRValue, |
||
| 2572 | OK_Ordinary), |
||
| 2573 | OpLoc(op), RParenLoc(rp) { |
||
| 2574 | assert(ExprKind <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!"); |
||
| 2575 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = ExprKind; |
||
| 2576 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(ExprKind) == |
||
| 2577 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind && |
||
| 2578 | "UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!"); |
||
| 2579 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true; |
||
| 2580 | Argument.Ty = TInfo; |
||
| 2581 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 2582 | } |
||
| 2583 | |||
| 2584 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, Expr *E, |
||
| 2585 | QualType resultType, SourceLocation op, |
||
| 2586 | SourceLocation rp); |
||
| 2587 | |||
| 2588 | /// Construct an empty sizeof/alignof expression. |
||
| 2589 | explicit UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 2590 | : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 2591 | |||
| 2592 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const { |
||
| 2593 | return static_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTrait>(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind); |
||
| 2594 | } |
||
| 2595 | void setKind(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait K) { |
||
| 2596 | assert(K <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!"); |
||
| 2597 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = K; |
||
| 2598 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(K) == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind && |
||
| 2599 | "UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!"); |
||
| 2600 | } |
||
| 2601 | |||
| 2602 | bool isArgumentType() const { return UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType; } |
||
| 2603 | QualType getArgumentType() const { |
||
| 2604 | return getArgumentTypeInfo()->getType(); |
||
| 2605 | } |
||
| 2606 | TypeSourceInfo *getArgumentTypeInfo() const { |
||
| 2607 | assert(isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentType() when arg is expr"); |
||
| 2608 | return Argument.Ty; |
||
| 2609 | } |
||
| 2610 | Expr *getArgumentExpr() { |
||
| 2611 | assert(!isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentExpr() when arg is type"); |
||
| 2612 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Argument.Ex); |
||
| 2613 | } |
||
| 2614 | const Expr *getArgumentExpr() const { |
||
| 2615 | return const_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr*>(this)->getArgumentExpr(); |
||
| 2616 | } |
||
| 2617 | |||
| 2618 | void setArgument(Expr *E) { |
||
| 2619 | Argument.Ex = E; |
||
| 2620 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = false; |
||
| 2621 | } |
||
| 2622 | void setArgument(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
||
| 2623 | Argument.Ty = TInfo; |
||
| 2624 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true; |
||
| 2625 | } |
||
| 2626 | |||
| 2627 | /// Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever |
||
| 2628 | /// is appropriate. |
||
| 2629 | QualType getTypeOfArgument() const { |
||
| 2630 | return isArgumentType() ? getArgumentType() : getArgumentExpr()->getType(); |
||
| 2631 | } |
||
| 2632 | |||
| 2633 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; } |
||
| 2634 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; } |
||
| 2635 | |||
| 2636 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 2637 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 2638 | |||
| 2639 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; } |
||
| 2640 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 2641 | |||
| 2642 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2643 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass; |
||
| 2644 | } |
||
| 2645 | |||
| 2646 | // Iterators |
||
| 2647 | child_range children(); |
||
| 2648 | const_child_range children() const; |
||
| 2649 | }; |
||
| 2650 | |||
| 2651 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 2652 | // Postfix Operators. |
||
| 2653 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 2654 | |||
| 2655 | /// ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting. |
||
| 2656 | class ArraySubscriptExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 2657 | enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
||
| 2658 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; |
||
| 2659 | |||
| 2660 | bool lhsIsBase() const { return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType(); } |
||
| 2661 | |||
| 2662 | public: |
||
| 2663 | ArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 2664 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation rbracketloc) |
||
| 2665 | : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, t, VK, OK) { |
||
| 2666 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
||
| 2667 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
||
| 2668 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = rbracketloc; |
||
| 2669 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 2670 | } |
||
| 2671 | |||
| 2672 | /// Create an empty array subscript expression. |
||
| 2673 | explicit ArraySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) |
||
| 2674 | : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, Shell) { } |
||
| 2675 | |||
| 2676 | /// An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent). |
||
| 2677 | /// - getBase() and getIdx() always present the normalized view: A[4]. |
||
| 2678 | /// In this case getBase() returns "A" and getIdx() returns "4". |
||
| 2679 | /// - getLHS() and getRHS() present the syntactic view. e.g. for |
||
| 2680 | /// 4[A] getLHS() returns "4". |
||
| 2681 | /// Note: Because vector element access is also written A[4] we must |
||
| 2682 | /// predicate the format conversion in getBase and getIdx only on the |
||
| 2683 | /// the type of the RHS, as it is possible for the LHS to be a vector of |
||
| 2684 | /// integer type |
||
| 2685 | Expr *getLHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } |
||
| 2686 | const Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } |
||
| 2687 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } |
||
| 2688 | |||
| 2689 | Expr *getRHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } |
||
| 2690 | const Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } |
||
| 2691 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } |
||
| 2692 | |||
| 2693 | Expr *getBase() { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } |
||
| 2694 | const Expr *getBase() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } |
||
| 2695 | |||
| 2696 | Expr *getIdx() { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } |
||
| 2697 | const Expr *getIdx() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } |
||
| 2698 | |||
| 2699 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 2700 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 2701 | } |
||
| 2702 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); } |
||
| 2703 | |||
| 2704 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { |
||
| 2705 | return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc; |
||
| 2706 | } |
||
| 2707 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { |
||
| 2708 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L; |
||
| 2709 | } |
||
| 2710 | |||
| 2711 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 2712 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); |
||
| 2713 | } |
||
| 2714 | |||
| 2715 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2716 | return T->getStmtClass() == ArraySubscriptExprClass; |
||
| 2717 | } |
||
| 2718 | |||
| 2719 | // Iterators |
||
| 2720 | child_range children() { |
||
| 2721 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
||
| 2722 | } |
||
| 2723 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 2724 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
||
| 2725 | } |
||
| 2726 | }; |
||
| 2727 | |||
| 2728 | /// MatrixSubscriptExpr - Matrix subscript expression for the MatrixType |
||
| 2729 | /// extension. |
||
| 2730 | /// MatrixSubscriptExpr can be either incomplete (only Base and RowIdx are set |
||
| 2731 | /// so far, the type is IncompleteMatrixIdx) or complete (Base, RowIdx and |
||
| 2732 | /// ColumnIdx refer to valid expressions). Incomplete matrix expressions only |
||
| 2733 | /// exist during the initial construction of the AST. |
||
| 2734 | class MatrixSubscriptExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 2735 | enum { BASE, ROW_IDX, COLUMN_IDX, END_EXPR }; |
||
| 2736 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; |
||
| 2737 | |||
| 2738 | public: |
||
| 2739 | MatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, Expr *ColumnIdx, QualType T, |
||
| 2740 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
||
| 2741 | : Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, T, Base->getValueKind(), |
||
| 2742 | OK_MatrixComponent) { |
||
| 2743 | SubExprs[BASE] = Base; |
||
| 2744 | SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = RowIdx; |
||
| 2745 | SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = ColumnIdx; |
||
| 2746 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc; |
||
| 2747 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 2748 | } |
||
| 2749 | |||
| 2750 | /// Create an empty matrix subscript expression. |
||
| 2751 | explicit MatrixSubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) |
||
| 2752 | : Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, Shell) {} |
||
| 2753 | |||
| 2754 | bool isIncomplete() const { |
||
| 2755 | bool IsIncomplete = hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx); |
||
| 2756 | assert((SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] || IsIncomplete) && |
||
| 2757 | "expressions without column index must be marked as incomplete"); |
||
| 2758 | return IsIncomplete; |
||
| 2759 | } |
||
| 2760 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); } |
||
| 2761 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); } |
||
| 2762 | void setBase(Expr *E) { SubExprs[BASE] = E; } |
||
| 2763 | |||
| 2764 | Expr *getRowIdx() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); } |
||
| 2765 | const Expr *getRowIdx() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); } |
||
| 2766 | void setRowIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = E; } |
||
| 2767 | |||
| 2768 | Expr *getColumnIdx() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]); } |
||
| 2769 | const Expr *getColumnIdx() const { |
||
| 2770 | assert(!isIncomplete() && |
||
| 2771 | "cannot get the column index of an incomplete expression"); |
||
| 2772 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]); |
||
| 2773 | } |
||
| 2774 | void setColumnIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = E; } |
||
| 2775 | |||
| 2776 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 2777 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 2778 | } |
||
| 2779 | |||
| 2780 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); } |
||
| 2781 | |||
| 2782 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 2783 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); |
||
| 2784 | } |
||
| 2785 | |||
| 2786 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { |
||
| 2787 | return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc; |
||
| 2788 | } |
||
| 2789 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { |
||
| 2790 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L; |
||
| 2791 | } |
||
| 2792 | |||
| 2793 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 2794 | return T->getStmtClass() == MatrixSubscriptExprClass; |
||
| 2795 | } |
||
| 2796 | |||
| 2797 | // Iterators |
||
| 2798 | child_range children() { |
||
| 2799 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
||
| 2800 | } |
||
| 2801 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 2802 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
||
| 2803 | } |
||
| 2804 | }; |
||
| 2805 | |||
| 2806 | /// CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]). |
||
| 2807 | /// CallExpr itself represents a normal function call, e.g., "f(x, 2)", |
||
| 2808 | /// while its subclasses may represent alternative syntax that (semantically) |
||
| 2809 | /// results in a function call. For example, CXXOperatorCallExpr is |
||
| 2810 | /// a subclass for overloaded operator calls that use operator syntax, e.g., |
||
| 2811 | /// "str1 + str2" to resolve to a function call. |
||
| 2812 | class CallExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 2813 | enum { FN = 0, PREARGS_START = 1 }; |
||
| 2814 | |||
| 2815 | /// The number of arguments in the call expression. |
||
| 2816 | unsigned NumArgs; |
||
| 2817 | |||
| 2818 | /// The location of the right parenthese. This has a different meaning for |
||
| 2819 | /// the derived classes of CallExpr. |
||
| 2820 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
||
| 2821 | |||
| 2822 | // CallExpr store some data in trailing objects. However since CallExpr |
||
| 2823 | // is used a base of other expression classes we cannot use |
||
| 2824 | // llvm::TrailingObjects. Instead we manually perform the pointer arithmetic |
||
| 2825 | // and casts. |
||
| 2826 | // |
||
| 2827 | // The trailing objects are in order: |
||
| 2828 | // |
||
| 2829 | // * A single "Stmt *" for the callee expression. |
||
| 2830 | // |
||
| 2831 | // * An array of getNumPreArgs() "Stmt *" for the pre-argument expressions. |
||
| 2832 | // |
||
| 2833 | // * An array of getNumArgs() "Stmt *" for the argument expressions. |
||
| 2834 | // |
||
| 2835 | // * An optional of type FPOptionsOverride. |
||
| 2836 | // |
||
| 2837 | // Note that we store the offset in bytes from the this pointer to the start |
||
| 2838 | // of the trailing objects. It would be perfectly possible to compute it |
||
| 2839 | // based on the dynamic kind of the CallExpr. However 1.) we have plenty of |
||
| 2840 | // space in the bit-fields of Stmt. 2.) It was benchmarked to be faster to |
||
| 2841 | // compute this once and then load the offset from the bit-fields of Stmt, |
||
| 2842 | // instead of re-computing the offset each time the trailing objects are |
||
| 2843 | // accessed. |
||
| 2844 | |||
| 2845 | /// Return a pointer to the start of the trailing array of "Stmt *". |
||
| 2846 | Stmt **getTrailingStmts() { |
||
| 2847 | return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + |
||
| 2848 | CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects); |
||
| 2849 | } |
||
| 2850 | Stmt *const *getTrailingStmts() const { |
||
| 2851 | return const_cast<CallExpr *>(this)->getTrailingStmts(); |
||
| 2852 | } |
||
| 2853 | |||
| 2854 | /// Map a statement class to the appropriate offset in bytes from the |
||
| 2855 | /// this pointer to the trailing objects. |
||
| 2856 | static unsigned offsetToTrailingObjects(StmtClass SC); |
||
| 2857 | |||
| 2858 | unsigned getSizeOfTrailingStmts() const { |
||
| 2859 | return (1 + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()) * sizeof(Stmt *); |
||
| 2860 | } |
||
| 2861 | |||
| 2862 | size_t getOffsetOfTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 2863 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
||
| 2864 | return CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts(); |
||
| 2865 | } |
||
| 2866 | |||
| 2867 | public: |
||
| 2868 | enum class ADLCallKind : bool { NotADL, UsesADL }; |
||
| 2869 | static constexpr ADLCallKind NotADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL; |
||
| 2870 | static constexpr ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::UsesADL; |
||
| 2871 | |||
| 2872 | protected: |
||
| 2873 | /// Build a call expression, assuming that appropriate storage has been |
||
| 2874 | /// allocated for the trailing objects. |
||
| 2875 | CallExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> PreArgs, |
||
| 2876 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 2877 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, |
||
| 2878 | unsigned MinNumArgs, ADLCallKind UsesADL); |
||
| 2879 | |||
| 2880 | /// Build an empty call expression, for deserialization. |
||
| 2881 | CallExpr(StmtClass SC, unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs, |
||
| 2882 | bool hasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); |
||
| 2883 | |||
| 2884 | /// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects. |
||
| 2885 | /// Used by the derived classes to allocate the right amount of storage. |
||
| 2886 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs, |
||
| 2887 | bool HasFPFeatures) { |
||
| 2888 | return (1 + NumPreArgs + NumArgs) * sizeof(Stmt *) + |
||
| 2889 | HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride); |
||
| 2890 | } |
||
| 2891 | |||
| 2892 | Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) { |
||
| 2893 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!"); |
||
| 2894 | return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I]; |
||
| 2895 | } |
||
| 2896 | const Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) const { |
||
| 2897 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!"); |
||
| 2898 | return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I]; |
||
| 2899 | } |
||
| 2900 | void setPreArg(unsigned I, Stmt *PreArg) { |
||
| 2901 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!"); |
||
| 2902 | getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I] = PreArg; |
||
| 2903 | } |
||
| 2904 | |||
| 2905 | unsigned getNumPreArgs() const { return CallExprBits.NumPreArgs; } |
||
| 2906 | |||
| 2907 | /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions |
||
| 2908 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() { |
||
| 2909 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
||
| 2910 | return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>( |
||
| 2911 | reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + |
||
| 2912 | getSizeOfTrailingStmts()); |
||
| 2913 | } |
||
| 2914 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 2915 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
||
| 2916 | return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>( |
||
| 2917 | reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) + |
||
| 2918 | CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts()); |
||
| 2919 | } |
||
| 2920 | |||
| 2921 | public: |
||
| 2922 | /// Create a call expression. |
||
| 2923 | /// \param Fn The callee expression, |
||
| 2924 | /// \param Args The argument array, |
||
| 2925 | /// \param Ty The type of the call expression (which is *not* the return |
||
| 2926 | /// type in general), |
||
| 2927 | /// \param VK The value kind of the call expression (lvalue, rvalue, ...), |
||
| 2928 | /// \param RParenLoc The location of the right parenthesis in the call |
||
| 2929 | /// expression. |
||
| 2930 | /// \param FPFeatures Floating-point features associated with the call, |
||
| 2931 | /// \param MinNumArgs Specifies the minimum number of arguments. The actual |
||
| 2932 | /// number of arguments will be the greater of Args.size() |
||
| 2933 | /// and MinNumArgs. This is used in a few places to allocate |
||
| 2934 | /// enough storage for the default arguments. |
||
| 2935 | /// \param UsesADL Specifies whether the callee was found through |
||
| 2936 | /// argument-dependent lookup. |
||
| 2937 | /// |
||
| 2938 | /// Note that you can use CreateTemporary if you need a temporary call |
||
| 2939 | /// expression on the stack. |
||
| 2940 | static CallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, |
||
| 2941 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 2942 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
||
| 2943 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, unsigned MinNumArgs = 0, |
||
| 2944 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); |
||
| 2945 | |||
| 2946 | /// Create a temporary call expression with no arguments in the memory |
||
| 2947 | /// pointed to by Mem. Mem must points to at least sizeof(CallExpr) |
||
| 2948 | /// + sizeof(Stmt *) bytes of storage, aligned to alignof(CallExpr): |
||
| 2949 | /// |
||
| 2950 | /// \code{.cpp} |
||
| 2951 | /// alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; |
||
| 2952 | /// CallExpr *TheCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary(Buffer, etc); |
||
| 2953 | /// \endcode |
||
| 2954 | static CallExpr *CreateTemporary(void *Mem, Expr *Fn, QualType Ty, |
||
| 2955 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
||
| 2956 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); |
||
| 2957 | |||
| 2958 | /// Create an empty call expression, for deserialization. |
||
| 2959 | static CallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs, |
||
| 2960 | bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); |
||
| 2961 | |||
| 2962 | Expr *getCallee() { return cast<Expr>(getTrailingStmts()[FN]); } |
||
| 2963 | const Expr *getCallee() const { return cast<Expr>(getTrailingStmts()[FN]); } |
||
| 2964 | void setCallee(Expr *F) { getTrailingStmts()[FN] = F; } |
||
| 2965 | |||
| 2966 | ADLCallKind getADLCallKind() const { |
||
| 2967 | return static_cast<ADLCallKind>(CallExprBits.UsesADL); |
||
| 2968 | } |
||
| 2969 | void setADLCallKind(ADLCallKind V = UsesADL) { |
||
| 2970 | CallExprBits.UsesADL = static_cast<bool>(V); |
||
| 2971 | } |
||
| 2972 | bool usesADL() const { return getADLCallKind() == UsesADL; } |
||
| 2973 | |||
| 2974 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CallExprBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
||
| 2975 | |||
| 2976 | Decl *getCalleeDecl() { return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); } |
||
| 2977 | const Decl *getCalleeDecl() const { |
||
| 2978 | return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); |
||
| 2979 | } |
||
| 2980 | |||
| 2981 | /// If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null. |
||
| 2982 | FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() { |
||
| 2983 | return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCalleeDecl()); |
||
| 2984 | } |
||
| 2985 | const FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() const { |
||
| 2986 | return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCalleeDecl()); |
||
| 2987 | } |
||
| 2988 | |||
| 2989 | /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call. |
||
| 2990 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; } |
||
| 2991 | |||
| 2992 | /// Retrieve the call arguments. |
||
| 2993 | Expr **getArgs() { |
||
| 2994 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + |
||
| 2995 | getNumPreArgs()); |
||
| 2996 | } |
||
| 2997 | const Expr *const *getArgs() const { |
||
| 2998 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expr *const *>( |
||
| 2999 | getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs()); |
||
| 3000 | } |
||
| 3001 | |||
| 3002 | /// getArg - Return the specified argument. |
||
| 3003 | Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) { |
||
| 3004 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!"); |
||
| 3005 | return getArgs()[Arg]; |
||
| 3006 | } |
||
| 3007 | const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const { |
||
| 3008 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!"); |
||
| 3009 | return getArgs()[Arg]; |
||
| 3010 | } |
||
| 3011 | |||
| 3012 | /// setArg - Set the specified argument. |
||
| 3013 | /// ! the dependence bits might be stale after calling this setter, it is |
||
| 3014 | /// *caller*'s responsibility to recompute them by calling |
||
| 3015 | /// computeDependence(). |
||
| 3016 | void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) { |
||
| 3017 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!"); |
||
| 3018 | getArgs()[Arg] = ArgExpr; |
||
| 3019 | } |
||
| 3020 | |||
| 3021 | /// Compute and set dependence bits. |
||
| 3022 | void computeDependence() { |
||
| 3023 | setDependence(clang::computeDependence( |
||
| 3024 | this, llvm::ArrayRef( |
||
| 3025 | reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START), |
||
| 3026 | getNumPreArgs()))); |
||
| 3027 | } |
||
| 3028 | |||
| 3029 | /// Reduce the number of arguments in this call expression. This is used for |
||
| 3030 | /// example during error recovery to drop extra arguments. There is no way |
||
| 3031 | /// to perform the opposite because: 1.) We don't track how much storage |
||
| 3032 | /// we have for the argument array 2.) This would potentially require growing |
||
| 3033 | /// the argument array, something we cannot support since the arguments are |
||
| 3034 | /// stored in a trailing array. |
||
| 3035 | void shrinkNumArgs(unsigned NewNumArgs) { |
||
| 3036 | assert((NewNumArgs <= getNumArgs()) && |
||
| 3037 | "shrinkNumArgs cannot increase the number of arguments!"); |
||
| 3038 | NumArgs = NewNumArgs; |
||
| 3039 | } |
||
| 3040 | |||
| 3041 | /// Bluntly set a new number of arguments without doing any checks whatsoever. |
||
| 3042 | /// Only used during construction of a CallExpr in a few places in Sema. |
||
| 3043 | /// FIXME: Find a way to remove it. |
||
| 3044 | void setNumArgsUnsafe(unsigned NewNumArgs) { NumArgs = NewNumArgs; } |
||
| 3045 | |||
| 3046 | typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator; |
||
| 3047 | typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator; |
||
| 3048 | typedef llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator> arg_range; |
||
| 3049 | typedef llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator> const_arg_range; |
||
| 3050 | |||
| 3051 | arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); } |
||
| 3052 | const_arg_range arguments() const { |
||
| 3053 | return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); |
||
| 3054 | } |
||
| 3055 | |||
| 3056 | arg_iterator arg_begin() { |
||
| 3057 | return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs(); |
||
| 3058 | } |
||
| 3059 | arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } |
||
| 3060 | |||
| 3061 | const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { |
||
| 3062 | return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs(); |
||
| 3063 | } |
||
| 3064 | const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } |
||
| 3065 | |||
| 3066 | /// This method provides fast access to all the subexpressions of |
||
| 3067 | /// a CallExpr without going through the slower virtual child_iterator |
||
| 3068 | /// interface. This provides efficient reverse iteration of the |
||
| 3069 | /// subexpressions. This is currently used for CFG construction. |
||
| 3070 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> getRawSubExprs() { |
||
| 3071 | return llvm::ArrayRef(getTrailingStmts(), |
||
| 3072 | PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); |
||
| 3073 | } |
||
| 3074 | |||
| 3075 | /// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage. |
||
| 3076 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 3077 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
||
| 3078 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
||
| 3079 | } |
||
| 3080 | /// Set FPOptionsOverride in trailing storage. Used only by Serialization. |
||
| 3081 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { |
||
| 3082 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
||
| 3083 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; |
||
| 3084 | } |
||
| 3085 | |||
| 3086 | // Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
||
| 3087 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 3088 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 3089 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
||
| 3090 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
||
| 3091 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
||
| 3092 | } |
||
| 3093 | |||
| 3094 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 3095 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
||
| 3096 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
||
| 3097 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
||
| 3098 | } |
||
| 3099 | |||
| 3100 | /// getBuiltinCallee - If this is a call to a builtin, return the builtin ID |
||
| 3101 | /// of the callee. If not, return 0. |
||
| 3102 | unsigned getBuiltinCallee() const; |
||
| 3103 | |||
| 3104 | /// Returns \c true if this is a call to a builtin which does not |
||
| 3105 | /// evaluate side-effects within its arguments. |
||
| 3106 | bool isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 3107 | |||
| 3108 | /// getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr. This is not |
||
| 3109 | /// always the type of the expr itself, if the return type is a reference |
||
| 3110 | /// type. |
||
| 3111 | QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 3112 | |||
| 3113 | /// Returns the WarnUnusedResultAttr that is either declared on the called |
||
| 3114 | /// function, or its return type declaration. |
||
| 3115 | const Attr *getUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 3116 | |||
| 3117 | /// Returns true if this call expression should warn on unused results. |
||
| 3118 | bool hasUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { |
||
| 3119 | return getUnusedResultAttr(Ctx) != nullptr; |
||
| 3120 | } |
||
| 3121 | |||
| 3122 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 3123 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 3124 | |||
| 3125 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 3126 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 3127 | |||
| 3128 | /// Return true if this is a call to __assume() or __builtin_assume() with |
||
| 3129 | /// a non-value-dependent constant parameter evaluating as false. |
||
| 3130 | bool isBuiltinAssumeFalse(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
||
| 3131 | |||
| 3132 | /// Used by Sema to implement MSVC-compatible delayed name lookup. |
||
| 3133 | /// (Usually Exprs themselves should set dependence). |
||
| 3134 | void markDependentForPostponedNameLookup() { |
||
| 3135 | setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation); |
||
| 3136 | } |
||
| 3137 | |||
| 3138 | bool isCallToStdMove() const; |
||
| 3139 | |||
| 3140 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 3141 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCallExprConstant && |
||
| 3142 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastCallExprConstant; |
||
| 3143 | } |
||
| 3144 | |||
| 3145 | // Iterators |
||
| 3146 | child_range children() { |
||
| 3147 | return child_range(getTrailingStmts(), getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + |
||
| 3148 | getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); |
||
| 3149 | } |
||
| 3150 | |||
| 3151 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 3152 | return const_child_range(getTrailingStmts(), |
||
| 3153 | getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + |
||
| 3154 | getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); |
||
| 3155 | } |
||
| 3156 | }; |
||
| 3157 | |||
| 3158 | /// Extra data stored in some MemberExpr objects. |
||
| 3159 | struct MemberExprNameQualifier { |
||
| 3160 | /// The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, including |
||
| 3161 | /// source-location information. |
||
| 3162 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
||
| 3163 | |||
| 3164 | /// The DeclAccessPair through which the MemberDecl was found due to |
||
| 3165 | /// name qualifiers. |
||
| 3166 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl; |
||
| 3167 | }; |
||
| 3168 | |||
| 3169 | /// MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members. X->F and X.F. |
||
| 3170 | /// |
||
| 3171 | class MemberExpr final |
||
| 3172 | : public Expr, |
||
| 3173 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<MemberExpr, MemberExprNameQualifier, |
||
| 3174 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
||
| 3175 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { |
||
| 3176 | friend class ASTReader; |
||
| 3177 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 3178 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 3179 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 3180 | |||
| 3181 | /// Base - the expression for the base pointer or structure references. In |
||
| 3182 | /// X.F, this is "X". |
||
| 3183 | Stmt *Base; |
||
| 3184 | |||
| 3185 | /// MemberDecl - This is the decl being referenced by the field/member name. |
||
| 3186 | /// In X.F, this is the decl referenced by F. |
||
| 3187 | ValueDecl *MemberDecl; |
||
| 3188 | |||
| 3189 | /// MemberDNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the |
||
| 3190 | /// declaration name embedded in MemberDecl. |
||
| 3191 | DeclarationNameLoc MemberDNLoc; |
||
| 3192 | |||
| 3193 | /// MemberLoc - This is the location of the member name. |
||
| 3194 | SourceLocation MemberLoc; |
||
| 3195 | |||
| 3196 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<MemberExprNameQualifier>) const { |
||
| 3197 | return hasQualifierOrFoundDecl(); |
||
| 3198 | } |
||
| 3199 | |||
| 3200 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { |
||
| 3201 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); |
||
| 3202 | } |
||
| 3203 | |||
| 3204 | bool hasQualifierOrFoundDecl() const { |
||
| 3205 | return MemberExprBits.HasQualifierOrFoundDecl; |
||
| 3206 | } |
||
| 3207 | |||
| 3208 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { |
||
| 3209 | return MemberExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; |
||
| 3210 | } |
||
| 3211 | |||
| 3212 | MemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
||
| 3213 | ValueDecl *MemberDecl, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
||
| 3214 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
||
| 3215 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR); |
||
| 3216 | MemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 3217 | : Expr(MemberExprClass, Empty), Base(), MemberDecl() {} |
||
| 3218 | |||
| 3219 | public: |
||
| 3220 | static MemberExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, |
||
| 3221 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
||
| 3222 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
||
| 3223 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *MemberDecl, |
||
| 3224 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
||
| 3225 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo, |
||
| 3226 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
||
| 3227 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
||
| 3228 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR); |
||
| 3229 | |||
| 3230 | /// Create an implicit MemberExpr, with no location, qualifier, template |
||
| 3231 | /// arguments, and so on. Suitable only for non-static member access. |
||
| 3232 | static MemberExpr *CreateImplicit(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, |
||
| 3233 | bool IsArrow, ValueDecl *MemberDecl, |
||
| 3234 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 3235 | ExprObjectKind OK) { |
||
| 3236 | return Create(C, Base, IsArrow, SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), |
||
| 3237 | SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, |
||
| 3238 | DeclAccessPair::make(MemberDecl, MemberDecl->getAccess()), |
||
| 3239 | DeclarationNameInfo(), nullptr, T, VK, OK, NOUR_None); |
||
| 3240 | } |
||
| 3241 | |||
| 3242 | static MemberExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier, |
||
| 3243 | bool HasFoundDecl, |
||
| 3244 | bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, |
||
| 3245 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); |
||
| 3246 | |||
| 3247 | void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; } |
||
| 3248 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); } |
||
| 3249 | |||
| 3250 | /// Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers. |
||
| 3251 | /// |
||
| 3252 | /// The returned declaration will be a FieldDecl or (in C++) a VarDecl (for |
||
| 3253 | /// static data members), a CXXMethodDecl, or an EnumConstantDecl. |
||
| 3254 | ValueDecl *getMemberDecl() const { return MemberDecl; } |
||
| 3255 | void setMemberDecl(ValueDecl *D); |
||
| 3256 | |||
| 3257 | /// Retrieves the declaration found by lookup. |
||
| 3258 | DeclAccessPair getFoundDecl() const { |
||
| 3259 | if (!hasQualifierOrFoundDecl()) |
||
| 3260 | return DeclAccessPair::make(getMemberDecl(), |
||
| 3261 | getMemberDecl()->getAccess()); |
||
| 3262 | return getTrailingObjects<MemberExprNameQualifier>()->FoundDecl; |
||
| 3263 | } |
||
| 3264 | |||
| 3265 | /// Determines whether this member expression actually had |
||
| 3266 | /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g., |
||
| 3267 | /// x->Base::foo. |
||
| 3268 | bool hasQualifier() const { return getQualifier() != nullptr; } |
||
| 3269 | |||
| 3270 | /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the |
||
| 3271 | /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, with source-location |
||
| 3272 | /// information. |
||
| 3273 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
||
| 3274 | if (!hasQualifierOrFoundDecl()) |
||
| 3275 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
||
| 3276 | return getTrailingObjects<MemberExprNameQualifier>()->QualifierLoc; |
||
| 3277 | } |
||
| 3278 | |||
| 3279 | /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the |
||
| 3280 | /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns |
||
| 3281 | /// NULL. |
||
| 3282 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
||
| 3283 | return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
||
| 3284 | } |
||
| 3285 | |||
| 3286 | /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding |
||
| 3287 | /// the member name, if any. |
||
| 3288 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
||
| 3289 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
||
| 3290 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 3291 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; |
||
| 3292 | } |
||
| 3293 | |||
| 3294 | /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the |
||
| 3295 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. |
||
| 3296 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { |
||
| 3297 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
||
| 3298 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 3299 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; |
||
| 3300 | } |
||
| 3301 | |||
| 3302 | /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the |
||
| 3303 | /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. |
||
| 3304 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { |
||
| 3305 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) |
||
| 3306 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 3307 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; |
||
| 3308 | } |
||
| 3309 | |||
| 3310 | /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword. |
||
| 3311 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
||
| 3312 | |||
| 3313 | /// Determines whether the member name was followed by an |
||
| 3314 | /// explicit template argument list. |
||
| 3315 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } |
||
| 3316 | |||
| 3317 | /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given |
||
| 3318 | /// structure. |
||
| 3319 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { |
||
| 3320 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
||
| 3321 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( |
||
| 3322 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); |
||
| 3323 | } |
||
| 3324 | |||
| 3325 | /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this |
||
| 3326 | /// template-id. |
||
| 3327 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { |
||
| 3328 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
||
| 3329 | return nullptr; |
||
| 3330 | |||
| 3331 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); |
||
| 3332 | } |
||
| 3333 | |||
| 3334 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this |
||
| 3335 | /// template-id. |
||
| 3336 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { |
||
| 3337 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
||
| 3338 | return 0; |
||
| 3339 | |||
| 3340 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; |
||
| 3341 | } |
||
| 3342 | |||
| 3343 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { |
||
| 3344 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; |
||
| 3345 | } |
||
| 3346 | |||
| 3347 | /// Retrieve the member declaration name info. |
||
| 3348 | DeclarationNameInfo getMemberNameInfo() const { |
||
| 3349 | return DeclarationNameInfo(MemberDecl->getDeclName(), |
||
| 3350 | MemberLoc, MemberDNLoc); |
||
| 3351 | } |
||
| 3352 | |||
| 3353 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return MemberExprBits.OperatorLoc; } |
||
| 3354 | |||
| 3355 | bool isArrow() const { return MemberExprBits.IsArrow; } |
||
| 3356 | void setArrow(bool A) { MemberExprBits.IsArrow = A; } |
||
| 3357 | |||
| 3358 | /// getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the |
||
| 3359 | /// location of 'F'. |
||
| 3360 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; } |
||
| 3361 | void setMemberLoc(SourceLocation L) { MemberLoc = L; } |
||
| 3362 | |||
| 3363 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 3364 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 3365 | |||
| 3366 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return MemberLoc; } |
||
| 3367 | |||
| 3368 | /// Determine whether the base of this explicit is implicit. |
||
| 3369 | bool isImplicitAccess() const { |
||
| 3370 | return getBase() && getBase()->isImplicitCXXThis(); |
||
| 3371 | } |
||
| 3372 | |||
| 3373 | /// Returns true if this member expression refers to a method that |
||
| 3374 | /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1. |
||
| 3375 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { |
||
| 3376 | return MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; |
||
| 3377 | } |
||
| 3378 | /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to |
||
| 3379 | /// a method that was resolved from an overloaded set having size |
||
| 3380 | /// greater than 1. |
||
| 3381 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) { |
||
| 3382 | MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; |
||
| 3383 | } |
||
| 3384 | |||
| 3385 | /// Returns true if virtual dispatch is performed. |
||
| 3386 | /// If the member access is fully qualified, (i.e. X::f()), virtual |
||
| 3387 | /// dispatching is not performed. In -fapple-kext mode qualified |
||
| 3388 | /// calls to virtual method will still go through the vtable. |
||
| 3389 | bool performsVirtualDispatch(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 3390 | return LO.AppleKext || !hasQualifier(); |
||
| 3391 | } |
||
| 3392 | |||
| 3393 | /// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why? |
||
| 3394 | /// This is only meaningful if the named member is a static member. |
||
| 3395 | NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const { |
||
| 3396 | return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(MemberExprBits.NonOdrUseReason); |
||
| 3397 | } |
||
| 3398 | |||
| 3399 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 3400 | return T->getStmtClass() == MemberExprClass; |
||
| 3401 | } |
||
| 3402 | |||
| 3403 | // Iterators |
||
| 3404 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); } |
||
| 3405 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 3406 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); |
||
| 3407 | } |
||
| 3408 | }; |
||
| 3409 | |||
| 3410 | /// CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5] |
||
| 3411 | /// |
||
| 3412 | class CompoundLiteralExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 3413 | /// LParenLoc - If non-null, this is the location of the left paren in a |
||
| 3414 | /// compound literal like "(int){4}". This can be null if this is a |
||
| 3415 | /// synthesized compound expression. |
||
| 3416 | SourceLocation LParenLoc; |
||
| 3417 | |||
| 3418 | /// The type as written. This can be an incomplete array type, in |
||
| 3419 | /// which case the actual expression type will be different. |
||
| 3420 | /// The int part of the pair stores whether this expr is file scope. |
||
| 3421 | llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfoAndScope; |
||
| 3422 | Stmt *Init; |
||
| 3423 | public: |
||
| 3424 | CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation lparenloc, TypeSourceInfo *tinfo, |
||
| 3425 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *init, bool fileScope) |
||
| 3426 | : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary), |
||
| 3427 | LParenLoc(lparenloc), TInfoAndScope(tinfo, fileScope), Init(init) { |
||
| 3428 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 3429 | } |
||
| 3430 | |||
| 3431 | /// Construct an empty compound literal. |
||
| 3432 | explicit CompoundLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 3433 | : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 3434 | |||
| 3435 | const Expr *getInitializer() const { return cast<Expr>(Init); } |
||
| 3436 | Expr *getInitializer() { return cast<Expr>(Init); } |
||
| 3437 | void setInitializer(Expr *E) { Init = E; } |
||
| 3438 | |||
| 3439 | bool isFileScope() const { return TInfoAndScope.getInt(); } |
||
| 3440 | void setFileScope(bool FS) { TInfoAndScope.setInt(FS); } |
||
| 3441 | |||
| 3442 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
||
| 3443 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 3444 | |||
| 3445 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
||
| 3446 | return TInfoAndScope.getPointer(); |
||
| 3447 | } |
||
| 3448 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tinfo) { |
||
| 3449 | TInfoAndScope.setPointer(tinfo); |
||
| 3450 | } |
||
| 3451 | |||
| 3452 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 3453 | // FIXME: Init should never be null. |
||
| 3454 | if (!Init) |
||
| 3455 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 3456 | if (LParenLoc.isInvalid()) |
||
| 3457 | return Init->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 3458 | return LParenLoc; |
||
| 3459 | } |
||
| 3460 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 3461 | // FIXME: Init should never be null. |
||
| 3462 | if (!Init) |
||
| 3463 | return SourceLocation(); |
||
| 3464 | return Init->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 3465 | } |
||
| 3466 | |||
| 3467 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 3468 | return T->getStmtClass() == CompoundLiteralExprClass; |
||
| 3469 | } |
||
| 3470 | |||
| 3471 | // Iterators |
||
| 3472 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Init, &Init+1); } |
||
| 3473 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 3474 | return const_child_range(&Init, &Init + 1); |
||
| 3475 | } |
||
| 3476 | }; |
||
| 3477 | |||
| 3478 | /// CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit |
||
| 3479 | /// casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit casts that have some |
||
| 3480 | /// representation in the source code (ExplicitCastExpr's derived |
||
| 3481 | /// classes). |
||
| 3482 | class CastExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 3483 | Stmt *Op; |
||
| 3484 | |||
| 3485 | bool CastConsistency() const; |
||
| 3486 | |||
| 3487 | const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_buffer() const { |
||
| 3488 | return const_cast<CastExpr*>(this)->path_buffer(); |
||
| 3489 | } |
||
| 3490 | CXXBaseSpecifier **path_buffer(); |
||
| 3491 | |||
| 3492 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 3493 | |||
| 3494 | protected: |
||
| 3495 | CastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, const CastKind kind, |
||
| 3496 | Expr *op, unsigned BasePathSize, bool HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 3497 | : Expr(SC, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary), Op(op) { |
||
| 3498 | CastExprBits.Kind = kind; |
||
| 3499 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false; |
||
| 3500 | CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize; |
||
| 3501 | assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) && |
||
| 3502 | "BasePathSize overflow!"); |
||
| 3503 | assert(CastConsistency()); |
||
| 3504 | CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; |
||
| 3505 | } |
||
| 3506 | |||
| 3507 | /// Construct an empty cast. |
||
| 3508 | CastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned BasePathSize, |
||
| 3509 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 3510 | : Expr(SC, Empty) { |
||
| 3511 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false; |
||
| 3512 | CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize; |
||
| 3513 | CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; |
||
| 3514 | assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) && |
||
| 3515 | "BasePathSize overflow!"); |
||
| 3516 | } |
||
| 3517 | |||
| 3518 | /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions. |
||
| 3519 | /// \pre hasStoredFPFeatures() == true |
||
| 3520 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
||
| 3521 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 3522 | return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
||
| 3523 | } |
||
| 3524 | |||
| 3525 | public: |
||
| 3526 | CastKind getCastKind() const { return (CastKind) CastExprBits.Kind; } |
||
| 3527 | void setCastKind(CastKind K) { CastExprBits.Kind = K; } |
||
| 3528 | |||
| 3529 | static const char *getCastKindName(CastKind CK); |
||
| 3530 | const char *getCastKindName() const { return getCastKindName(getCastKind()); } |
||
| 3531 | |||
| 3532 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Op); } |
||
| 3533 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Op); } |
||
| 3534 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Op = E; } |
||
| 3535 | |||
| 3536 | /// Retrieve the cast subexpression as it was written in the source |
||
| 3537 | /// code, looking through any implicit casts or other intermediate nodes |
||
| 3538 | /// introduced by semantic analysis. |
||
| 3539 | Expr *getSubExprAsWritten(); |
||
| 3540 | const Expr *getSubExprAsWritten() const { |
||
| 3541 | return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getSubExprAsWritten(); |
||
| 3542 | } |
||
| 3543 | |||
| 3544 | /// If this cast applies a user-defined conversion, retrieve the conversion |
||
| 3545 | /// function that it invokes. |
||
| 3546 | NamedDecl *getConversionFunction() const; |
||
| 3547 | |||
| 3548 | typedef CXXBaseSpecifier **path_iterator; |
||
| 3549 | typedef const CXXBaseSpecifier *const *path_const_iterator; |
||
| 3550 | bool path_empty() const { return path_size() == 0; } |
||
| 3551 | unsigned path_size() const { return CastExprBits.BasePathSize; } |
||
| 3552 | path_iterator path_begin() { return path_buffer(); } |
||
| 3553 | path_iterator path_end() { return path_buffer() + path_size(); } |
||
| 3554 | path_const_iterator path_begin() const { return path_buffer(); } |
||
| 3555 | path_const_iterator path_end() const { return path_buffer() + path_size(); } |
||
| 3556 | |||
| 3557 | llvm::iterator_range<path_iterator> path() { |
||
| 3558 | return llvm::make_range(path_begin(), path_end()); |
||
| 3559 | } |
||
| 3560 | llvm::iterator_range<path_const_iterator> path() const { |
||
| 3561 | return llvm::make_range(path_begin(), path_end()); |
||
| 3562 | } |
||
| 3563 | |||
| 3564 | const FieldDecl *getTargetUnionField() const { |
||
| 3565 | assert(getCastKind() == CK_ToUnion); |
||
| 3566 | return getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(getType(), getSubExpr()->getType()); |
||
| 3567 | } |
||
| 3568 | |||
| 3569 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
||
| 3570 | |||
| 3571 | /// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage. |
||
| 3572 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 3573 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
||
| 3574 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
||
| 3575 | } |
||
| 3576 | |||
| 3577 | // Get the FP features status of this operation. Only meaningful for |
||
| 3578 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 3579 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 3580 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
||
| 3581 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
||
| 3582 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
||
| 3583 | } |
||
| 3584 | |||
| 3585 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 3586 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
||
| 3587 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
||
| 3588 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
||
| 3589 | } |
||
| 3590 | |||
| 3591 | static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(QualType unionType, |
||
| 3592 | QualType opType); |
||
| 3593 | static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(const RecordDecl *RD, |
||
| 3594 | QualType opType); |
||
| 3595 | |||
| 3596 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 3597 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCastExprConstant && |
||
| 3598 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastCastExprConstant; |
||
| 3599 | } |
||
| 3600 | |||
| 3601 | // Iterators |
||
| 3602 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Op, &Op+1); } |
||
| 3603 | const_child_range children() const { return const_child_range(&Op, &Op + 1); } |
||
| 3604 | }; |
||
| 3605 | |||
| 3606 | /// ImplicitCastExpr - Allows us to explicitly represent implicit type |
||
| 3607 | /// conversions, which have no direct representation in the original |
||
| 3608 | /// source code. For example: converting T[]->T*, void f()->void |
||
| 3609 | /// (*f)(), float->double, short->int, etc. |
||
| 3610 | /// |
||
| 3611 | /// In C, implicit casts always produce rvalues. However, in C++, an |
||
| 3612 | /// implicit cast whose result is being bound to a reference will be |
||
| 3613 | /// an lvalue or xvalue. For example: |
||
| 3614 | /// |
||
| 3615 | /// @code |
||
| 3616 | /// class Base { }; |
||
| 3617 | /// class Derived : public Base { }; |
||
| 3618 | /// Derived &&ref(); |
||
| 3619 | /// void f(Derived d) { |
||
| 3620 | /// Base& b = d; // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr |
||
| 3621 | /// // to an lvalue of type Base |
||
| 3622 | /// Base&& r = ref(); // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr |
||
| 3623 | /// // to an xvalue of type Base |
||
| 3624 | /// } |
||
| 3625 | /// @endcode |
||
| 3626 | class ImplicitCastExpr final |
||
| 3627 | : public CastExpr, |
||
| 3628 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ImplicitCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, |
||
| 3629 | FPOptionsOverride> { |
||
| 3630 | |||
| 3631 | ImplicitCastExpr(QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op, |
||
| 3632 | unsigned BasePathLength, FPOptionsOverride FPO, |
||
| 3633 | ExprValueKind VK) |
||
| 3634 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, BasePathLength, |
||
| 3635 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) { |
||
| 3636 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 3637 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
||
| 3638 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; |
||
| 3639 | } |
||
| 3640 | |||
| 3641 | /// Construct an empty implicit cast. |
||
| 3642 | explicit ImplicitCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, |
||
| 3643 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 3644 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} |
||
| 3645 | |||
| 3646 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { |
||
| 3647 | return path_size(); |
||
| 3648 | } |
||
| 3649 | |||
| 3650 | public: |
||
| 3651 | enum OnStack_t { OnStack }; |
||
| 3652 | ImplicitCastExpr(OnStack_t _, QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op, |
||
| 3653 | ExprValueKind VK, FPOptionsOverride FPO) |
||
| 3654 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, 0, |
||
| 3655 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) { |
||
| 3656 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
||
| 3657 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; |
||
| 3658 | } |
||
| 3659 | |||
| 3660 | bool isPartOfExplicitCast() const { return CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast; } |
||
| 3661 | void setIsPartOfExplicitCast(bool PartOfExplicitCast) { |
||
| 3662 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = PartOfExplicitCast; |
||
| 3663 | } |
||
| 3664 | |||
| 3665 | static ImplicitCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, |
||
| 3666 | CastKind Kind, Expr *Operand, |
||
| 3667 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
||
| 3668 | ExprValueKind Cat, FPOptionsOverride FPO); |
||
| 3669 | |||
| 3670 | static ImplicitCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
||
| 3671 | unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 3672 | |||
| 3673 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 3674 | return getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 3675 | } |
||
| 3676 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 3677 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 3678 | } |
||
| 3679 | |||
| 3680 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 3681 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitCastExprClass; |
||
| 3682 | } |
||
| 3683 | |||
| 3684 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 3685 | friend class CastExpr; |
||
| 3686 | }; |
||
| 3687 | |||
| 3688 | /// ExplicitCastExpr - An explicit cast written in the source |
||
| 3689 | /// code. |
||
| 3690 | /// |
||
| 3691 | /// This class is effectively an abstract class, because it provides |
||
| 3692 | /// the basic representation of an explicitly-written cast without |
||
| 3693 | /// specifying which kind of cast (C cast, functional cast, static |
||
| 3694 | /// cast, etc.) was written; specific derived classes represent the |
||
| 3695 | /// particular style of cast and its location information. |
||
| 3696 | /// |
||
| 3697 | /// Unlike implicit casts, explicit cast nodes have two different |
||
| 3698 | /// types: the type that was written into the source code, and the |
||
| 3699 | /// actual type of the expression as determined by semantic |
||
| 3700 | /// analysis. These types may differ slightly. For example, in C++ one |
||
| 3701 | /// can cast to a reference type, which indicates that the resulting |
||
| 3702 | /// expression will be an lvalue or xvalue. The reference type, however, |
||
| 3703 | /// will not be used as the type of the expression. |
||
| 3704 | class ExplicitCastExpr : public CastExpr { |
||
| 3705 | /// TInfo - Source type info for the (written) type |
||
| 3706 | /// this expression is casting to. |
||
| 3707 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
||
| 3708 | |||
| 3709 | protected: |
||
| 3710 | ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 3711 | CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize, |
||
| 3712 | bool HasFPFeatures, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) |
||
| 3713 | : CastExpr(SC, exprTy, VK, kind, op, PathSize, HasFPFeatures), |
||
| 3714 | TInfo(writtenTy) { |
||
| 3715 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 3716 | } |
||
| 3717 | |||
| 3718 | /// Construct an empty explicit cast. |
||
| 3719 | ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, |
||
| 3720 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 3721 | : CastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} |
||
| 3722 | |||
| 3723 | public: |
||
| 3724 | /// getTypeInfoAsWritten - Returns the type source info for the type |
||
| 3725 | /// that this expression is casting to. |
||
| 3726 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeInfoAsWritten() const { return TInfo; } |
||
| 3727 | void setTypeInfoAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) { TInfo = writtenTy; } |
||
| 3728 | |||
| 3729 | /// getTypeAsWritten - Returns the type that this expression is |
||
| 3730 | /// casting to, as written in the source code. |
||
| 3731 | QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TInfo->getType(); } |
||
| 3732 | |||
| 3733 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 3734 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExplicitCastExprConstant && |
||
| 3735 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastExplicitCastExprConstant; |
||
| 3736 | } |
||
| 3737 | }; |
||
| 3738 | |||
| 3739 | /// CStyleCastExpr - An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style |
||
| 3740 | /// cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax |
||
| 3741 | /// (Type)expr. For example: @c (int)f. |
||
| 3742 | class CStyleCastExpr final |
||
| 3743 | : public ExplicitCastExpr, |
||
| 3744 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CStyleCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, |
||
| 3745 | FPOptionsOverride> { |
||
| 3746 | SourceLocation LPLoc; // the location of the left paren |
||
| 3747 | SourceLocation RPLoc; // the location of the right paren |
||
| 3748 | |||
| 3749 | CStyleCastExpr(QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op, |
||
| 3750 | unsigned PathSize, FPOptionsOverride FPO, |
||
| 3751 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r) |
||
| 3752 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, exprTy, vk, kind, op, PathSize, |
||
| 3753 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy), |
||
| 3754 | LPLoc(l), RPLoc(r) { |
||
| 3755 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) |
||
| 3756 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; |
||
| 3757 | } |
||
| 3758 | |||
| 3759 | /// Construct an empty C-style explicit cast. |
||
| 3760 | explicit CStyleCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, |
||
| 3761 | bool HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 3762 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} |
||
| 3763 | |||
| 3764 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { |
||
| 3765 | return path_size(); |
||
| 3766 | } |
||
| 3767 | |||
| 3768 | public: |
||
| 3769 | static CStyleCastExpr * |
||
| 3770 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K, |
||
| 3771 | Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *BasePath, FPOptionsOverride FPO, |
||
| 3772 | TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R); |
||
| 3773 | |||
| 3774 | static CStyleCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
||
| 3775 | unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 3776 | |||
| 3777 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LPLoc; } |
||
| 3778 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LPLoc = L; } |
||
| 3779 | |||
| 3780 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RPLoc; } |
||
| 3781 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RPLoc = L; } |
||
| 3782 | |||
| 3783 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LPLoc; } |
||
| 3784 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 3785 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 3786 | } |
||
| 3787 | |||
| 3788 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 3789 | return T->getStmtClass() == CStyleCastExprClass; |
||
| 3790 | } |
||
| 3791 | |||
| 3792 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 3793 | friend class CastExpr; |
||
| 3794 | }; |
||
| 3795 | |||
| 3796 | /// A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y". |
||
| 3797 | /// |
||
| 3798 | /// This expression node kind describes a builtin binary operation, |
||
| 3799 | /// such as "x + y" for integer values "x" and "y". The operands will |
||
| 3800 | /// already have been converted to appropriate types (e.g., by |
||
| 3801 | /// performing promotions or conversions). |
||
| 3802 | /// |
||
| 3803 | /// In C++, where operators may be overloaded, a different kind of |
||
| 3804 | /// expression node (CXXOperatorCallExpr) is used to express the |
||
| 3805 | /// invocation of an overloaded operator with operator syntax. Within |
||
| 3806 | /// a C++ template, whether BinaryOperator or CXXOperatorCallExpr is |
||
| 3807 | /// used to store an expression "x + y" depends on the subexpressions |
||
| 3808 | /// for x and y. If neither x or y is type-dependent, and the "+" |
||
| 3809 | /// operator resolves to a built-in operation, BinaryOperator will be |
||
| 3810 | /// used to express the computation (x and y may still be |
||
| 3811 | /// value-dependent). If either x or y is type-dependent, or if the |
||
| 3812 | /// "+" resolves to an overloaded operator, CXXOperatorCallExpr will |
||
| 3813 | /// be used to express the computation. |
||
| 3814 | class BinaryOperator : public Expr { |
||
| 3815 | enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
||
| 3816 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; |
||
| 3817 | |||
| 3818 | public: |
||
| 3819 | typedef BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; |
||
| 3820 | |||
| 3821 | protected: |
||
| 3822 | size_t offsetOfTrailingStorage() const; |
||
| 3823 | |||
| 3824 | /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions |
||
| 3825 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() { |
||
| 3826 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 3827 | return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>( |
||
| 3828 | reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage()); |
||
| 3829 | } |
||
| 3830 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 3831 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 3832 | return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>( |
||
| 3833 | reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage()); |
||
| 3834 | } |
||
| 3835 | |||
| 3836 | /// Build a binary operator, assuming that appropriate storage has been |
||
| 3837 | /// allocated for the trailing objects when needed. |
||
| 3838 | BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, |
||
| 3839 | QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
||
| 3840 | SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
||
| 3841 | |||
| 3842 | /// Construct an empty binary operator. |
||
| 3843 | explicit BinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, Empty) { |
||
| 3844 | BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_Comma; |
||
| 3845 | } |
||
| 3846 | |||
| 3847 | public: |
||
| 3848 | static BinaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures); |
||
| 3849 | |||
| 3850 | static BinaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, |
||
| 3851 | Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 3852 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, |
||
| 3853 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); |
||
| 3854 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); } |
||
| 3855 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc; } |
||
| 3856 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc = L; } |
||
| 3857 | |||
| 3858 | Opcode getOpcode() const { |
||
| 3859 | return static_cast<Opcode>(BinaryOperatorBits.Opc); |
||
| 3860 | } |
||
| 3861 | void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; } |
||
| 3862 | |||
| 3863 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } |
||
| 3864 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } |
||
| 3865 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } |
||
| 3866 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } |
||
| 3867 | |||
| 3868 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 3869 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 3870 | } |
||
| 3871 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 3872 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 3873 | } |
||
| 3874 | |||
| 3875 | /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it |
||
| 3876 | /// corresponds to, e.g. "<<=". |
||
| 3877 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op); |
||
| 3878 | |||
| 3879 | StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { return getOpcodeStr(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3880 | |||
| 3881 | /// Retrieve the binary opcode that corresponds to the given |
||
| 3882 | /// overloaded operator. |
||
| 3883 | static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO); |
||
| 3884 | |||
| 3885 | /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to |
||
| 3886 | /// the given binary opcode. |
||
| 3887 | static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc); |
||
| 3888 | |||
| 3889 | /// predicates to categorize the respective opcodes. |
||
| 3890 | static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3891 | return Opc == BO_PtrMemD || Opc == BO_PtrMemI; |
||
| 3892 | } |
||
| 3893 | bool isPtrMemOp() const { return isPtrMemOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3894 | |||
| 3895 | static bool isMultiplicativeOp(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3896 | return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Rem; |
||
| 3897 | } |
||
| 3898 | bool isMultiplicativeOp() const { return isMultiplicativeOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3899 | static bool isAdditiveOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Add || Opc==BO_Sub; } |
||
| 3900 | bool isAdditiveOp() const { return isAdditiveOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3901 | static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Shl || Opc == BO_Shr; } |
||
| 3902 | bool isShiftOp() const { return isShiftOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3903 | |||
| 3904 | static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_And && Opc <= BO_Or; } |
||
| 3905 | bool isBitwiseOp() const { return isBitwiseOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3906 | |||
| 3907 | static bool isRelationalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_LT && Opc<=BO_GE; } |
||
| 3908 | bool isRelationalOp() const { return isRelationalOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3909 | |||
| 3910 | static bool isEqualityOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_EQ || Opc == BO_NE; } |
||
| 3911 | bool isEqualityOp() const { return isEqualityOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3912 | |||
| 3913 | static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_Cmp && Opc<=BO_NE; } |
||
| 3914 | bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3915 | |||
| 3916 | static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Comma; } |
||
| 3917 | bool isCommaOp() const { return isCommaOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3918 | |||
| 3919 | static Opcode negateComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3920 | switch (Opc) { |
||
| 3921 | default: |
||
| 3922 | llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator."); |
||
| 3923 | case BO_LT: return BO_GE; |
||
| 3924 | case BO_GT: return BO_LE; |
||
| 3925 | case BO_LE: return BO_GT; |
||
| 3926 | case BO_GE: return BO_LT; |
||
| 3927 | case BO_EQ: return BO_NE; |
||
| 3928 | case BO_NE: return BO_EQ; |
||
| 3929 | } |
||
| 3930 | } |
||
| 3931 | |||
| 3932 | static Opcode reverseComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3933 | switch (Opc) { |
||
| 3934 | default: |
||
| 3935 | llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator."); |
||
| 3936 | case BO_LT: return BO_GT; |
||
| 3937 | case BO_GT: return BO_LT; |
||
| 3938 | case BO_LE: return BO_GE; |
||
| 3939 | case BO_GE: return BO_LE; |
||
| 3940 | case BO_EQ: |
||
| 3941 | case BO_NE: |
||
| 3942 | return Opc; |
||
| 3943 | } |
||
| 3944 | } |
||
| 3945 | |||
| 3946 | static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_LAnd || Opc==BO_LOr; } |
||
| 3947 | bool isLogicalOp() const { return isLogicalOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3948 | |||
| 3949 | static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3950 | return Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign; |
||
| 3951 | } |
||
| 3952 | bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(getOpcode()); } |
||
| 3953 | |||
| 3954 | static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3955 | return Opc > BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign; |
||
| 3956 | } |
||
| 3957 | bool isCompoundAssignmentOp() const { |
||
| 3958 | return isCompoundAssignmentOp(getOpcode()); |
||
| 3959 | } |
||
| 3960 | static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3961 | assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)); |
||
| 3962 | if (Opc >= BO_AndAssign) |
||
| 3963 | return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_AndAssign + BO_And); |
||
| 3964 | else |
||
| 3965 | return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_MulAssign + BO_Mul); |
||
| 3966 | } |
||
| 3967 | |||
| 3968 | static bool isShiftAssignOp(Opcode Opc) { |
||
| 3969 | return Opc == BO_ShlAssign || Opc == BO_ShrAssign; |
||
| 3970 | } |
||
| 3971 | bool isShiftAssignOp() const { |
||
| 3972 | return isShiftAssignOp(getOpcode()); |
||
| 3973 | } |
||
| 3974 | |||
| 3975 | // Return true if a binary operator using the specified opcode and operands |
||
| 3976 | // would match the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' idiom for casting a pointer-sized |
||
| 3977 | // integer to a pointer. |
||
| 3978 | static bool isNullPointerArithmeticExtension(ASTContext &Ctx, Opcode Opc, |
||
| 3979 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
||
| 3980 | |||
| 3981 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
||
| 3982 | return S->getStmtClass() >= firstBinaryOperatorConstant && |
||
| 3983 | S->getStmtClass() <= lastBinaryOperatorConstant; |
||
| 3984 | } |
||
| 3985 | |||
| 3986 | // Iterators |
||
| 3987 | child_range children() { |
||
| 3988 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
||
| 3989 | } |
||
| 3990 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 3991 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
||
| 3992 | } |
||
| 3993 | |||
| 3994 | /// Set and fetch the bit that shows whether FPFeatures needs to be |
||
| 3995 | /// allocated in Trailing Storage |
||
| 3996 | void setHasStoredFPFeatures(bool B) { BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = B; } |
||
| 3997 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; } |
||
| 3998 | |||
| 3999 | /// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage |
||
| 4000 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 4001 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); |
||
| 4002 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); |
||
| 4003 | } |
||
| 4004 | /// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used only by Serialization |
||
| 4005 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { |
||
| 4006 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 4007 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; |
||
| 4008 | } |
||
| 4009 | |||
| 4010 | // Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
||
| 4011 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 4012 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 4013 | if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 4014 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); |
||
| 4015 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); |
||
| 4016 | } |
||
| 4017 | |||
| 4018 | // This is used in ASTImporter |
||
| 4019 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { |
||
| 4020 | if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) |
||
| 4021 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); |
||
| 4022 | return FPOptionsOverride(); |
||
| 4023 | } |
||
| 4024 | |||
| 4025 | // Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
||
| 4026 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 4027 | bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 4028 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement(); |
||
| 4029 | } |
||
| 4030 | |||
| 4031 | // Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for |
||
| 4032 | // operations on floating point types. |
||
| 4033 | bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const { |
||
| 4034 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess(); |
||
| 4035 | } |
||
| 4036 | |||
| 4037 | protected: |
||
| 4038 | BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, |
||
| 4039 | QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
||
| 4040 | SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, |
||
| 4041 | bool dead2); |
||
| 4042 | |||
| 4043 | /// Construct an empty BinaryOperator, SC is CompoundAssignOperator. |
||
| 4044 | BinaryOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SC, Empty) { |
||
| 4045 | BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_MulAssign; |
||
| 4046 | } |
||
| 4047 | |||
| 4048 | /// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects. |
||
| 4049 | /// Used to allocate the right amount of storage. |
||
| 4050 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(bool HasFPFeatures) { |
||
| 4051 | return HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride); |
||
| 4052 | } |
||
| 4053 | }; |
||
| 4054 | |||
| 4055 | /// CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g. +=), we keep |
||
| 4056 | /// track of the type the operation is performed in. Due to the semantics of |
||
| 4057 | /// these operators, the operands are promoted, the arithmetic performed, an |
||
| 4058 | /// implicit conversion back to the result type done, then the assignment takes |
||
| 4059 | /// place. This captures the intermediate type which the computation is done |
||
| 4060 | /// in. |
||
| 4061 | class CompoundAssignOperator : public BinaryOperator { |
||
| 4062 | QualType ComputationLHSType; |
||
| 4063 | QualType ComputationResultType; |
||
| 4064 | |||
| 4065 | /// Construct an empty CompoundAssignOperator. |
||
| 4066 | explicit CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty, |
||
| 4067 | bool hasFPFeatures) |
||
| 4068 | : BinaryOperator(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 4069 | |||
| 4070 | protected: |
||
| 4071 | CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, |
||
| 4072 | QualType ResType, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
||
| 4073 | SourceLocation OpLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, |
||
| 4074 | QualType CompLHSType, QualType CompResultType) |
||
| 4075 | : BinaryOperator(C, lhs, rhs, opc, ResType, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures, |
||
| 4076 | true), |
||
| 4077 | ComputationLHSType(CompLHSType), ComputationResultType(CompResultType) { |
||
| 4078 | assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp() && |
||
| 4079 | "Only should be used for compound assignments"); |
||
| 4080 | } |
||
| 4081 | |||
| 4082 | public: |
||
| 4083 | static CompoundAssignOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, |
||
| 4084 | bool hasFPFeatures); |
||
| 4085 | |||
| 4086 | static CompoundAssignOperator * |
||
| 4087 | Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, |
||
| 4088 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, |
||
| 4089 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, QualType CompLHSType = QualType(), |
||
| 4090 | QualType CompResultType = QualType()); |
||
| 4091 | |||
| 4092 | // The two computation types are the type the LHS is converted |
||
| 4093 | // to for the computation and the type of the result; the two are |
||
| 4094 | // distinct in a few cases (specifically, int+=ptr and ptr-=ptr). |
||
| 4095 | QualType getComputationLHSType() const { return ComputationLHSType; } |
||
| 4096 | void setComputationLHSType(QualType T) { ComputationLHSType = T; } |
||
| 4097 | |||
| 4098 | QualType getComputationResultType() const { return ComputationResultType; } |
||
| 4099 | void setComputationResultType(QualType T) { ComputationResultType = T; } |
||
| 4100 | |||
| 4101 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
||
| 4102 | return S->getStmtClass() == CompoundAssignOperatorClass; |
||
| 4103 | } |
||
| 4104 | }; |
||
| 4105 | |||
| 4106 | inline size_t BinaryOperator::offsetOfTrailingStorage() const { |
||
| 4107 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); |
||
| 4108 | return isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(this) ? sizeof(CompoundAssignOperator) |
||
| 4109 | : sizeof(BinaryOperator); |
||
| 4110 | } |
||
| 4111 | |||
| 4112 | /// AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for |
||
| 4113 | /// ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOperator. |
||
| 4114 | class AbstractConditionalOperator : public Expr { |
||
| 4115 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc, ColonLoc; |
||
| 4116 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 4117 | |||
| 4118 | protected: |
||
| 4119 | AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 4120 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation qloc, |
||
| 4121 | SourceLocation cloc) |
||
| 4122 | : Expr(SC, T, VK, OK), QuestionLoc(qloc), ColonLoc(cloc) {} |
||
| 4123 | |||
| 4124 | AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 4125 | : Expr(SC, Empty) { } |
||
| 4126 | |||
| 4127 | public: |
||
| 4128 | // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for |
||
| 4129 | // the ?: operator. |
||
| 4130 | Expr *getCond() const; |
||
| 4131 | |||
| 4132 | // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
||
| 4133 | // the expression if the condition evaluates to true. |
||
| 4134 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const; |
||
| 4135 | |||
| 4136 | // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
||
| 4137 | // the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is |
||
| 4138 | // the same as getRHS. |
||
| 4139 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const; |
||
| 4140 | |||
| 4141 | SourceLocation getQuestionLoc() const { return QuestionLoc; } |
||
| 4142 | SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; } |
||
| 4143 | |||
| 4144 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4145 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass || |
||
| 4146 | T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass; |
||
| 4147 | } |
||
| 4148 | }; |
||
| 4149 | |||
| 4150 | /// ConditionalOperator - The ?: ternary operator. The GNU "missing |
||
| 4151 | /// middle" extension is a BinaryConditionalOperator. |
||
| 4152 | class ConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator { |
||
| 4153 | enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
||
| 4154 | Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides. |
||
| 4155 | |||
| 4156 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 4157 | public: |
||
| 4158 | ConditionalOperator(Expr *cond, SourceLocation QLoc, Expr *lhs, |
||
| 4159 | SourceLocation CLoc, Expr *rhs, QualType t, |
||
| 4160 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) |
||
| 4161 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK, QLoc, |
||
| 4162 | CLoc) { |
||
| 4163 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; |
||
| 4164 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
||
| 4165 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
||
| 4166 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 4167 | } |
||
| 4168 | |||
| 4169 | /// Build an empty conditional operator. |
||
| 4170 | explicit ConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 4171 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 4172 | |||
| 4173 | // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for |
||
| 4174 | // the ?: operator. |
||
| 4175 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); } |
||
| 4176 | |||
| 4177 | // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
||
| 4178 | // the expression if the condition evaluates to true. |
||
| 4179 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } |
||
| 4180 | |||
| 4181 | // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of |
||
| 4182 | // the expression if the condition evaluates to false. This is |
||
| 4183 | // the same as getRHS. |
||
| 4184 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } |
||
| 4185 | |||
| 4186 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } |
||
| 4187 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } |
||
| 4188 | |||
| 4189 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 4190 | return getCond()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 4191 | } |
||
| 4192 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 4193 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 4194 | } |
||
| 4195 | |||
| 4196 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4197 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass; |
||
| 4198 | } |
||
| 4199 | |||
| 4200 | // Iterators |
||
| 4201 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4202 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
||
| 4203 | } |
||
| 4204 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4205 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
||
| 4206 | } |
||
| 4207 | }; |
||
| 4208 | |||
| 4209 | /// BinaryConditionalOperator - The GNU extension to the conditional |
||
| 4210 | /// operator which allows the middle operand to be omitted. |
||
| 4211 | /// |
||
| 4212 | /// This is a different expression kind on the assumption that almost |
||
| 4213 | /// every client ends up needing to know that these are different. |
||
| 4214 | class BinaryConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator { |
||
| 4215 | enum { COMMON, COND, LHS, RHS, NUM_SUBEXPRS }; |
||
| 4216 | |||
| 4217 | /// - the common condition/left-hand-side expression, which will be |
||
| 4218 | /// evaluated as the opaque value |
||
| 4219 | /// - the condition, expressed in terms of the opaque value |
||
| 4220 | /// - the left-hand-side, expressed in terms of the opaque value |
||
| 4221 | /// - the right-hand-side |
||
| 4222 | Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS]; |
||
| 4223 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue; |
||
| 4224 | |||
| 4225 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 4226 | public: |
||
| 4227 | BinaryConditionalOperator(Expr *common, OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, |
||
| 4228 | Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, |
||
| 4229 | SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc, |
||
| 4230 | QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) |
||
| 4231 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK, |
||
| 4232 | qloc, cloc), |
||
| 4233 | OpaqueValue(opaqueValue) { |
||
| 4234 | SubExprs[COMMON] = common; |
||
| 4235 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; |
||
| 4236 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
||
| 4237 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
||
| 4238 | assert(OpaqueValue->getSourceExpr() == common && "Wrong opaque value"); |
||
| 4239 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 4240 | } |
||
| 4241 | |||
| 4242 | /// Build an empty conditional operator. |
||
| 4243 | explicit BinaryConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 4244 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 4245 | |||
| 4246 | /// getCommon - Return the common expression, written to the |
||
| 4247 | /// left of the condition. The opaque value will be bound to the |
||
| 4248 | /// result of this expression. |
||
| 4249 | Expr *getCommon() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COMMON]); } |
||
| 4250 | |||
| 4251 | /// getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder. |
||
| 4252 | OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; } |
||
| 4253 | |||
| 4254 | /// getCond - Return the condition expression; this is defined |
||
| 4255 | /// in terms of the opaque value. |
||
| 4256 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); } |
||
| 4257 | |||
| 4258 | /// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression which will be |
||
| 4259 | /// evaluated if the condition evaluates to true; this is defined |
||
| 4260 | /// in terms of the opaque value. |
||
| 4261 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const { |
||
| 4262 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); |
||
| 4263 | } |
||
| 4264 | |||
| 4265 | /// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression which will be |
||
| 4266 | /// evaluated if the condnition evaluates to false; this is |
||
| 4267 | /// defined in terms of the opaque value. |
||
| 4268 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const { |
||
| 4269 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); |
||
| 4270 | } |
||
| 4271 | |||
| 4272 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 4273 | return getCommon()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 4274 | } |
||
| 4275 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 4276 | return getFalseExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 4277 | } |
||
| 4278 | |||
| 4279 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4280 | return T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass; |
||
| 4281 | } |
||
| 4282 | |||
| 4283 | // Iterators |
||
| 4284 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4285 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS); |
||
| 4286 | } |
||
| 4287 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4288 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS); |
||
| 4289 | } |
||
| 4290 | }; |
||
| 4291 | |||
| 4292 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getCond() const { |
||
| 4293 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this)) |
||
| 4294 | return co->getCond(); |
||
| 4295 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getCond(); |
||
| 4296 | } |
||
| 4297 | |||
| 4298 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getTrueExpr() const { |
||
| 4299 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this)) |
||
| 4300 | return co->getTrueExpr(); |
||
| 4301 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getTrueExpr(); |
||
| 4302 | } |
||
| 4303 | |||
| 4304 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getFalseExpr() const { |
||
| 4305 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this)) |
||
| 4306 | return co->getFalseExpr(); |
||
| 4307 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getFalseExpr(); |
||
| 4308 | } |
||
| 4309 | |||
| 4310 | /// AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label. |
||
| 4311 | class AddrLabelExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4312 | SourceLocation AmpAmpLoc, LabelLoc; |
||
| 4313 | LabelDecl *Label; |
||
| 4314 | public: |
||
| 4315 | AddrLabelExpr(SourceLocation AALoc, SourceLocation LLoc, LabelDecl *L, |
||
| 4316 | QualType t) |
||
| 4317 | : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), AmpAmpLoc(AALoc), |
||
| 4318 | LabelLoc(LLoc), Label(L) { |
||
| 4319 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
||
| 4320 | } |
||
| 4321 | |||
| 4322 | /// Build an empty address of a label expression. |
||
| 4323 | explicit AddrLabelExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 4324 | : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 4325 | |||
| 4326 | SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const { return AmpAmpLoc; } |
||
| 4327 | void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation L) { AmpAmpLoc = L; } |
||
| 4328 | SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const { return LabelLoc; } |
||
| 4329 | void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L) { LabelLoc = L; } |
||
| 4330 | |||
| 4331 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AmpAmpLoc; } |
||
| 4332 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LabelLoc; } |
||
| 4333 | |||
| 4334 | LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; } |
||
| 4335 | void setLabel(LabelDecl *L) { Label = L; } |
||
| 4336 | |||
| 4337 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4338 | return T->getStmtClass() == AddrLabelExprClass; |
||
| 4339 | } |
||
| 4340 | |||
| 4341 | // Iterators |
||
| 4342 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4343 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 4344 | } |
||
| 4345 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4346 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 4347 | } |
||
| 4348 | }; |
||
| 4349 | |||
| 4350 | /// StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}). |
||
| 4351 | /// The StmtExpr contains a single CompoundStmt node, which it evaluates and |
||
| 4352 | /// takes the value of the last subexpression. |
||
| 4353 | /// |
||
| 4354 | /// A StmtExpr is always an r-value; values "returned" out of a |
||
| 4355 | /// StmtExpr will be copied. |
||
| 4356 | class StmtExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4357 | Stmt *SubStmt; |
||
| 4358 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 4359 | public: |
||
| 4360 | StmtExpr(CompoundStmt *SubStmt, QualType T, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
||
| 4361 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) |
||
| 4362 | : Expr(StmtExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), SubStmt(SubStmt), |
||
| 4363 | LParenLoc(LParenLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { |
||
| 4364 | setDependence(computeDependence(this, TemplateDepth)); |
||
| 4365 | // FIXME: A templated statement expression should have an associated |
||
| 4366 | // DeclContext so that nested declarations always have a dependent context. |
||
| 4367 | StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth = TemplateDepth; |
||
| 4368 | } |
||
| 4369 | |||
| 4370 | /// Build an empty statement expression. |
||
| 4371 | explicit StmtExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(StmtExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 4372 | |||
| 4373 | CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); } |
||
| 4374 | const CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); } |
||
| 4375 | void setSubStmt(CompoundStmt *S) { SubStmt = S; } |
||
| 4376 | |||
| 4377 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; } |
||
| 4378 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4379 | |||
| 4380 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
||
| 4381 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 4382 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4383 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 4384 | |||
| 4385 | unsigned getTemplateDepth() const { return StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth; } |
||
| 4386 | |||
| 4387 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4388 | return T->getStmtClass() == StmtExprClass; |
||
| 4389 | } |
||
| 4390 | |||
| 4391 | // Iterators |
||
| 4392 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); } |
||
| 4393 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4394 | return const_child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt + 1); |
||
| 4395 | } |
||
| 4396 | }; |
||
| 4397 | |||
| 4398 | /// ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function |
||
| 4399 | /// __builtin_shufflevector. |
||
| 4400 | /// This AST node represents a operator that does a constant |
||
| 4401 | /// shuffle, similar to LLVM's shufflevector instruction. It takes |
||
| 4402 | /// two vectors and a variable number of constant indices, |
||
| 4403 | /// and returns the appropriately shuffled vector. |
||
| 4404 | class ShuffleVectorExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4405 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 4406 | |||
| 4407 | // SubExprs - the list of values passed to the __builtin_shufflevector |
||
| 4408 | // function. The first two are vectors, and the rest are constant |
||
| 4409 | // indices. The number of values in this list is always |
||
| 4410 | // 2+the number of indices in the vector type. |
||
| 4411 | Stmt **SubExprs; |
||
| 4412 | unsigned NumExprs; |
||
| 4413 | |||
| 4414 | public: |
||
| 4415 | ShuffleVectorExpr(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType Type, |
||
| 4416 | SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RP); |
||
| 4417 | |||
| 4418 | /// Build an empty vector-shuffle expression. |
||
| 4419 | explicit ShuffleVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 4420 | : Expr(ShuffleVectorExprClass, Empty), SubExprs(nullptr) { } |
||
| 4421 | |||
| 4422 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4423 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } |
||
| 4424 | |||
| 4425 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4426 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 4427 | |||
| 4428 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4429 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4430 | |||
| 4431 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4432 | return T->getStmtClass() == ShuffleVectorExprClass; |
||
| 4433 | } |
||
| 4434 | |||
| 4435 | /// getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array. This includes the |
||
| 4436 | /// constant expression, the actual arguments passed in, and the function |
||
| 4437 | /// pointers. |
||
| 4438 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumExprs; } |
||
| 4439 | |||
| 4440 | /// Retrieve the array of expressions. |
||
| 4441 | Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); } |
||
| 4442 | |||
| 4443 | /// getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index. |
||
| 4444 | Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) { |
||
| 4445 | assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!"); |
||
| 4446 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]); |
||
| 4447 | } |
||
| 4448 | const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) const { |
||
| 4449 | assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!"); |
||
| 4450 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]); |
||
| 4451 | } |
||
| 4452 | |||
| 4453 | void setExprs(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
||
| 4454 | |||
| 4455 | llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned N) const { |
||
| 4456 | assert((N < NumExprs - 2) && "Shuffle idx out of range!"); |
||
| 4457 | return getExpr(N+2)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx); |
||
| 4458 | } |
||
| 4459 | |||
| 4460 | // Iterators |
||
| 4461 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4462 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+NumExprs); |
||
| 4463 | } |
||
| 4464 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4465 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NumExprs); |
||
| 4466 | } |
||
| 4467 | }; |
||
| 4468 | |||
| 4469 | /// ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector |
||
| 4470 | /// This AST node provides support for converting a vector type to another |
||
| 4471 | /// vector type of the same arity. |
||
| 4472 | class ConvertVectorExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4473 | private: |
||
| 4474 | Stmt *SrcExpr; |
||
| 4475 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
||
| 4476 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 4477 | |||
| 4478 | friend class ASTReader; |
||
| 4479 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 4480 | explicit ConvertVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 4481 | |||
| 4482 | public: |
||
| 4483 | ConvertVectorExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, TypeSourceInfo *TI, QualType DstType, |
||
| 4484 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
||
| 4485 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc) |
||
| 4486 | : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr), |
||
| 4487 | TInfo(TI), BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { |
||
| 4488 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 4489 | } |
||
| 4490 | |||
| 4491 | /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted. |
||
| 4492 | Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); } |
||
| 4493 | |||
| 4494 | /// getTypeSourceInfo - Return the destination type. |
||
| 4495 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
||
| 4496 | return TInfo; |
||
| 4497 | } |
||
| 4498 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *ti) { |
||
| 4499 | TInfo = ti; |
||
| 4500 | } |
||
| 4501 | |||
| 4502 | /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_convertvector token. |
||
| 4503 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4504 | |||
| 4505 | /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis. |
||
| 4506 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4507 | |||
| 4508 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4509 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4510 | |||
| 4511 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4512 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConvertVectorExprClass; |
||
| 4513 | } |
||
| 4514 | |||
| 4515 | // Iterators |
||
| 4516 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); } |
||
| 4517 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4518 | return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1); |
||
| 4519 | } |
||
| 4520 | }; |
||
| 4521 | |||
| 4522 | /// ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr. |
||
| 4523 | /// This AST node is similar to the conditional operator (?:) in C, with |
||
| 4524 | /// the following exceptions: |
||
| 4525 | /// - the test expression must be a integer constant expression. |
||
| 4526 | /// - the expression returned acts like the chosen subexpression in every |
||
| 4527 | /// visible way: the type is the same as that of the chosen subexpression, |
||
| 4528 | /// and all predicates (whether it's an l-value, whether it's an integer |
||
| 4529 | /// constant expression, etc.) return the same result as for the chosen |
||
| 4530 | /// sub-expression. |
||
| 4531 | class ChooseExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4532 | enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; |
||
| 4533 | Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides. |
||
| 4534 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 4535 | bool CondIsTrue; |
||
| 4536 | public: |
||
| 4537 | ChooseExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, |
||
| 4538 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation RP, |
||
| 4539 | bool condIsTrue) |
||
| 4540 | : Expr(ChooseExprClass, t, VK, OK), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RP), |
||
| 4541 | CondIsTrue(condIsTrue) { |
||
| 4542 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; |
||
| 4543 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; |
||
| 4544 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; |
||
| 4545 | |||
| 4546 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 4547 | } |
||
| 4548 | |||
| 4549 | /// Build an empty __builtin_choose_expr. |
||
| 4550 | explicit ChooseExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ChooseExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 4551 | |||
| 4552 | /// isConditionTrue - Return whether the condition is true (i.e. not |
||
| 4553 | /// equal to zero). |
||
| 4554 | bool isConditionTrue() const { |
||
| 4555 | assert(!isConditionDependent() && |
||
| 4556 | "Dependent condition isn't true or false"); |
||
| 4557 | return CondIsTrue; |
||
| 4558 | } |
||
| 4559 | void setIsConditionTrue(bool isTrue) { CondIsTrue = isTrue; } |
||
| 4560 | |||
| 4561 | bool isConditionDependent() const { |
||
| 4562 | return getCond()->isTypeDependent() || getCond()->isValueDependent(); |
||
| 4563 | } |
||
| 4564 | |||
| 4565 | /// getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the |
||
| 4566 | /// condition. |
||
| 4567 | Expr *getChosenSubExpr() const { |
||
| 4568 | return isConditionTrue() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); |
||
| 4569 | } |
||
| 4570 | |||
| 4571 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); } |
||
| 4572 | void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = E; } |
||
| 4573 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } |
||
| 4574 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } |
||
| 4575 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } |
||
| 4576 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } |
||
| 4577 | |||
| 4578 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4579 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } |
||
| 4580 | |||
| 4581 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4582 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 4583 | |||
| 4584 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4585 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4586 | |||
| 4587 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4588 | return T->getStmtClass() == ChooseExprClass; |
||
| 4589 | } |
||
| 4590 | |||
| 4591 | // Iterators |
||
| 4592 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4593 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); |
||
| 4594 | } |
||
| 4595 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4596 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); |
||
| 4597 | } |
||
| 4598 | }; |
||
| 4599 | |||
| 4600 | /// GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name |
||
| 4601 | /// for a null pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or |
||
| 4602 | /// long) and is the same size and alignment as a pointer. The __null |
||
| 4603 | /// extension is typically only used by system headers, which define |
||
| 4604 | /// NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer |
||
| 4605 | /// that may not match the size of a pointer). |
||
| 4606 | class GNUNullExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4607 | /// TokenLoc - The location of the __null keyword. |
||
| 4608 | SourceLocation TokenLoc; |
||
| 4609 | |||
| 4610 | public: |
||
| 4611 | GNUNullExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) |
||
| 4612 | : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TokenLoc(Loc) { |
||
| 4613 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
||
| 4614 | } |
||
| 4615 | |||
| 4616 | /// Build an empty GNU __null expression. |
||
| 4617 | explicit GNUNullExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 4618 | |||
| 4619 | /// getTokenLocation - The location of the __null token. |
||
| 4620 | SourceLocation getTokenLocation() const { return TokenLoc; } |
||
| 4621 | void setTokenLocation(SourceLocation L) { TokenLoc = L; } |
||
| 4622 | |||
| 4623 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; } |
||
| 4624 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; } |
||
| 4625 | |||
| 4626 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4627 | return T->getStmtClass() == GNUNullExprClass; |
||
| 4628 | } |
||
| 4629 | |||
| 4630 | // Iterators |
||
| 4631 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4632 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 4633 | } |
||
| 4634 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4635 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 4636 | } |
||
| 4637 | }; |
||
| 4638 | |||
| 4639 | /// Represents a call to the builtin function \c __builtin_va_arg. |
||
| 4640 | class VAArgExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4641 | Stmt *Val; |
||
| 4642 | llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfo; |
||
| 4643 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 4644 | public: |
||
| 4645 | VAArgExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *e, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
||
| 4646 | SourceLocation RPLoc, QualType t, bool IsMS) |
||
| 4647 | : Expr(VAArgExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(e), |
||
| 4648 | TInfo(TInfo, IsMS), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RPLoc) { |
||
| 4649 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 4650 | } |
||
| 4651 | |||
| 4652 | /// Create an empty __builtin_va_arg expression. |
||
| 4653 | explicit VAArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 4654 | : Expr(VAArgExprClass, Empty), Val(nullptr), TInfo(nullptr, false) {} |
||
| 4655 | |||
| 4656 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
||
| 4657 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } |
||
| 4658 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } |
||
| 4659 | |||
| 4660 | /// Returns whether this is really a Win64 ABI va_arg expression. |
||
| 4661 | bool isMicrosoftABI() const { return TInfo.getInt(); } |
||
| 4662 | void setIsMicrosoftABI(bool IsMS) { TInfo.setInt(IsMS); } |
||
| 4663 | |||
| 4664 | TypeSourceInfo *getWrittenTypeInfo() const { return TInfo.getPointer(); } |
||
| 4665 | void setWrittenTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { TInfo.setPointer(TI); } |
||
| 4666 | |||
| 4667 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4668 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } |
||
| 4669 | |||
| 4670 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4671 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
||
| 4672 | |||
| 4673 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4674 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4675 | |||
| 4676 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4677 | return T->getStmtClass() == VAArgExprClass; |
||
| 4678 | } |
||
| 4679 | |||
| 4680 | // Iterators |
||
| 4681 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } |
||
| 4682 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4683 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); |
||
| 4684 | } |
||
| 4685 | }; |
||
| 4686 | |||
| 4687 | /// Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), |
||
| 4688 | /// __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(), or __builtin_source_location(). |
||
| 4689 | class SourceLocExpr final : public Expr { |
||
| 4690 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 4691 | DeclContext *ParentContext; |
||
| 4692 | |||
| 4693 | public: |
||
| 4694 | enum IdentKind { Function, File, Line, Column, SourceLocStruct }; |
||
| 4695 | |||
| 4696 | SourceLocExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, IdentKind Type, QualType ResultTy, |
||
| 4697 | SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
||
| 4698 | DeclContext *Context); |
||
| 4699 | |||
| 4700 | /// Build an empty call expression. |
||
| 4701 | explicit SourceLocExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SourceLocExprClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 4702 | |||
| 4703 | /// Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified |
||
| 4704 | /// (and possibly null) default argument or initialization context. |
||
| 4705 | APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
||
| 4706 | const Expr *DefaultExpr) const; |
||
| 4707 | |||
| 4708 | /// Return a string representing the name of the specific builtin function. |
||
| 4709 | StringRef getBuiltinStr() const; |
||
| 4710 | |||
| 4711 | IdentKind getIdentKind() const { |
||
| 4712 | return static_cast<IdentKind>(SourceLocExprBits.Kind); |
||
| 4713 | } |
||
| 4714 | |||
| 4715 | bool isIntType() const { |
||
| 4716 | switch (getIdentKind()) { |
||
| 4717 | case File: |
||
| 4718 | case Function: |
||
| 4719 | case SourceLocStruct: |
||
| 4720 | return false; |
||
| 4721 | case Line: |
||
| 4722 | case Column: |
||
| 4723 | return true; |
||
| 4724 | } |
||
| 4725 | llvm_unreachable("unknown source location expression kind"); |
||
| 4726 | } |
||
| 4727 | |||
| 4728 | /// If the SourceLocExpr has been resolved return the subexpression |
||
| 4729 | /// representing the resolved value. Otherwise return null. |
||
| 4730 | const DeclContext *getParentContext() const { return ParentContext; } |
||
| 4731 | DeclContext *getParentContext() { return ParentContext; } |
||
| 4732 | |||
| 4733 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4734 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 4735 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 4736 | |||
| 4737 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4738 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 4739 | } |
||
| 4740 | |||
| 4741 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4742 | return const_child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 4743 | } |
||
| 4744 | |||
| 4745 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4746 | return T->getStmtClass() == SourceLocExprClass; |
||
| 4747 | } |
||
| 4748 | |||
| 4749 | private: |
||
| 4750 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 4751 | }; |
||
| 4752 | |||
| 4753 | /// Describes an C or C++ initializer list. |
||
| 4754 | /// |
||
| 4755 | /// InitListExpr describes an initializer list, which can be used to |
||
| 4756 | /// initialize objects of different types, including |
||
| 4757 | /// struct/class/union types, arrays, and vectors. For example: |
||
| 4758 | /// |
||
| 4759 | /// @code |
||
| 4760 | /// struct foo x = { 1, { 2, 3 } }; |
||
| 4761 | /// @endcode |
||
| 4762 | /// |
||
| 4763 | /// Prior to semantic analysis, an initializer list will represent the |
||
| 4764 | /// initializer list as written by the user, but will have the |
||
| 4765 | /// placeholder type "void". This initializer list is called the |
||
| 4766 | /// syntactic form of the initializer, and may contain C99 designated |
||
| 4767 | /// initializers (represented as DesignatedInitExprs), initializations |
||
| 4768 | /// of subobject members without explicit braces, and so on. Clients |
||
| 4769 | /// interested in the original syntax of the initializer list should |
||
| 4770 | /// use the syntactic form of the initializer list. |
||
| 4771 | /// |
||
| 4772 | /// After semantic analysis, the initializer list will represent the |
||
| 4773 | /// semantic form of the initializer, where the initializations of all |
||
| 4774 | /// subobjects are made explicit with nested InitListExpr nodes and |
||
| 4775 | /// C99 designators have been eliminated by placing the designated |
||
| 4776 | /// initializations into the subobject they initialize. Additionally, |
||
| 4777 | /// any "holes" in the initialization, where no initializer has been |
||
| 4778 | /// specified for a particular subobject, will be replaced with |
||
| 4779 | /// implicitly-generated ImplicitValueInitExpr expressions that |
||
| 4780 | /// value-initialize the subobjects. Note, however, that the |
||
| 4781 | /// initializer lists may still have fewer initializers than there are |
||
| 4782 | /// elements to initialize within the object. |
||
| 4783 | /// |
||
| 4784 | /// After semantic analysis has completed, given an initializer list, |
||
| 4785 | /// method isSemanticForm() returns true if and only if this is the |
||
| 4786 | /// semantic form of the initializer list (note: the same AST node |
||
| 4787 | /// may at the same time be the syntactic form). |
||
| 4788 | /// Given the semantic form of the initializer list, one can retrieve |
||
| 4789 | /// the syntactic form of that initializer list (when different) |
||
| 4790 | /// using method getSyntacticForm(); the method returns null if applied |
||
| 4791 | /// to a initializer list which is already in syntactic form. |
||
| 4792 | /// Similarly, given the syntactic form (i.e., an initializer list such |
||
| 4793 | /// that isSemanticForm() returns false), one can retrieve the semantic |
||
| 4794 | /// form using method getSemanticForm(). |
||
| 4795 | /// Since many initializer lists have the same syntactic and semantic forms, |
||
| 4796 | /// getSyntacticForm() may return NULL, indicating that the current |
||
| 4797 | /// semantic initializer list also serves as its syntactic form. |
||
| 4798 | class InitListExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 4799 | // FIXME: Eliminate this vector in favor of ASTContext allocation |
||
| 4800 | typedef ASTVector<Stmt *> InitExprsTy; |
||
| 4801 | InitExprsTy InitExprs; |
||
| 4802 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc; |
||
| 4803 | |||
| 4804 | /// The alternative form of the initializer list (if it exists). |
||
| 4805 | /// The int part of the pair stores whether this initializer list is |
||
| 4806 | /// in semantic form. If not null, the pointer points to: |
||
| 4807 | /// - the syntactic form, if this is in semantic form; |
||
| 4808 | /// - the semantic form, if this is in syntactic form. |
||
| 4809 | llvm::PointerIntPair<InitListExpr *, 1, bool> AltForm; |
||
| 4810 | |||
| 4811 | /// Either: |
||
| 4812 | /// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than |
||
| 4813 | /// there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be used |
||
| 4814 | /// for value initialization of the rest of the elements. |
||
| 4815 | /// Or |
||
| 4816 | /// If this initializer list initializes a union, specifies which |
||
| 4817 | /// field within the union will be initialized. |
||
| 4818 | llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, FieldDecl *> ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit; |
||
| 4819 | |||
| 4820 | public: |
||
| 4821 | InitListExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lbraceloc, |
||
| 4822 | ArrayRef<Expr*> initExprs, SourceLocation rbraceloc); |
||
| 4823 | |||
| 4824 | /// Build an empty initializer list. |
||
| 4825 | explicit InitListExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 4826 | : Expr(InitListExprClass, Empty), AltForm(nullptr, true) { } |
||
| 4827 | |||
| 4828 | unsigned getNumInits() const { return InitExprs.size(); } |
||
| 4829 | |||
| 4830 | /// Retrieve the set of initializers. |
||
| 4831 | Expr **getInits() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(InitExprs.data()); } |
||
| 4832 | |||
| 4833 | /// Retrieve the set of initializers. |
||
| 4834 | Expr * const *getInits() const { |
||
| 4835 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(InitExprs.data()); |
||
| 4836 | } |
||
| 4837 | |||
| 4838 | ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits()); } |
||
| 4839 | |||
| 4840 | ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() const { |
||
| 4841 | return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits()); |
||
| 4842 | } |
||
| 4843 | |||
| 4844 | const Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) const { |
||
| 4845 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!"); |
||
| 4846 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]); |
||
| 4847 | } |
||
| 4848 | |||
| 4849 | Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) { |
||
| 4850 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!"); |
||
| 4851 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]); |
||
| 4852 | } |
||
| 4853 | |||
| 4854 | void setInit(unsigned Init, Expr *expr) { |
||
| 4855 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!"); |
||
| 4856 | InitExprs[Init] = expr; |
||
| 4857 | |||
| 4858 | if (expr) |
||
| 4859 | setDependence(getDependence() | expr->getDependence()); |
||
| 4860 | } |
||
| 4861 | |||
| 4862 | /// Mark the semantic form of the InitListExpr as error when the semantic |
||
| 4863 | /// analysis fails. |
||
| 4864 | void markError() { |
||
| 4865 | assert(isSemanticForm()); |
||
| 4866 | setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::ErrorDependent); |
||
| 4867 | } |
||
| 4868 | |||
| 4869 | /// Reserve space for some number of initializers. |
||
| 4870 | void reserveInits(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumInits); |
||
| 4871 | |||
| 4872 | /// Specify the number of initializers |
||
| 4873 | /// |
||
| 4874 | /// If there are more than @p NumInits initializers, the remaining |
||
| 4875 | /// initializers will be destroyed. If there are fewer than @p |
||
| 4876 | /// NumInits initializers, NULL expressions will be added for the |
||
| 4877 | /// unknown initializers. |
||
| 4878 | void resizeInits(const ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumInits); |
||
| 4879 | |||
| 4880 | /// Updates the initializer at index @p Init with the new |
||
| 4881 | /// expression @p expr, and returns the old expression at that |
||
| 4882 | /// location. |
||
| 4883 | /// |
||
| 4884 | /// When @p Init is out of range for this initializer list, the |
||
| 4885 | /// initializer list will be extended with NULL expressions to |
||
| 4886 | /// accommodate the new entry. |
||
| 4887 | Expr *updateInit(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Init, Expr *expr); |
||
| 4888 | |||
| 4889 | /// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements |
||
| 4890 | /// than there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be |
||
| 4891 | /// used for value initialization of the rest of the elements. |
||
| 4892 | Expr *getArrayFiller() { |
||
| 4893 | return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<Expr *>(); |
||
| 4894 | } |
||
| 4895 | const Expr *getArrayFiller() const { |
||
| 4896 | return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getArrayFiller(); |
||
| 4897 | } |
||
| 4898 | void setArrayFiller(Expr *filler); |
||
| 4899 | |||
| 4900 | /// Return true if this is an array initializer and its array "filler" |
||
| 4901 | /// has been set. |
||
| 4902 | bool hasArrayFiller() const { return getArrayFiller(); } |
||
| 4903 | |||
| 4904 | /// If this initializes a union, specifies which field in the |
||
| 4905 | /// union to initialize. |
||
| 4906 | /// |
||
| 4907 | /// Typically, this field is the first named field within the |
||
| 4908 | /// union. However, a designated initializer can specify the |
||
| 4909 | /// initialization of a different field within the union. |
||
| 4910 | FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() { |
||
| 4911 | return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<FieldDecl *>(); |
||
| 4912 | } |
||
| 4913 | const FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() const { |
||
| 4914 | return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getInitializedFieldInUnion(); |
||
| 4915 | } |
||
| 4916 | void setInitializedFieldInUnion(FieldDecl *FD) { |
||
| 4917 | assert((FD == nullptr |
||
| 4918 | || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == nullptr |
||
| 4919 | || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == FD) |
||
| 4920 | && "Only one field of a union may be initialized at a time!"); |
||
| 4921 | ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit = FD; |
||
| 4922 | } |
||
| 4923 | |||
| 4924 | // Explicit InitListExpr's originate from source code (and have valid source |
||
| 4925 | // locations). Implicit InitListExpr's are created by the semantic analyzer. |
||
| 4926 | // FIXME: This is wrong; InitListExprs created by semantic analysis have |
||
| 4927 | // valid source locations too! |
||
| 4928 | bool isExplicit() const { |
||
| 4929 | return LBraceLoc.isValid() && RBraceLoc.isValid(); |
||
| 4930 | } |
||
| 4931 | |||
| 4932 | // Is this an initializer for an array of characters, initialized by a string |
||
| 4933 | // literal or an @encode? |
||
| 4934 | bool isStringLiteralInit() const; |
||
| 4935 | |||
| 4936 | /// Is this a transparent initializer list (that is, an InitListExpr that is |
||
| 4937 | /// purely syntactic, and whose semantics are that of the sole contained |
||
| 4938 | /// initializer)? |
||
| 4939 | bool isTransparent() const; |
||
| 4940 | |||
| 4941 | /// Is this the zero initializer {0} in a language which considers it |
||
| 4942 | /// idiomatic? |
||
| 4943 | bool isIdiomaticZeroInitializer(const LangOptions &LangOpts) const; |
||
| 4944 | |||
| 4945 | SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; } |
||
| 4946 | void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { LBraceLoc = Loc; } |
||
| 4947 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
||
| 4948 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RBraceLoc = Loc; } |
||
| 4949 | |||
| 4950 | bool isSemanticForm() const { return AltForm.getInt(); } |
||
| 4951 | InitListExpr *getSemanticForm() const { |
||
| 4952 | return isSemanticForm() ? nullptr : AltForm.getPointer(); |
||
| 4953 | } |
||
| 4954 | bool isSyntacticForm() const { |
||
| 4955 | return !AltForm.getInt() || !AltForm.getPointer(); |
||
| 4956 | } |
||
| 4957 | InitListExpr *getSyntacticForm() const { |
||
| 4958 | return isSemanticForm() ? AltForm.getPointer() : nullptr; |
||
| 4959 | } |
||
| 4960 | |||
| 4961 | void setSyntacticForm(InitListExpr *Init) { |
||
| 4962 | AltForm.setPointer(Init); |
||
| 4963 | AltForm.setInt(true); |
||
| 4964 | Init->AltForm.setPointer(this); |
||
| 4965 | Init->AltForm.setInt(false); |
||
| 4966 | } |
||
| 4967 | |||
| 4968 | bool hadArrayRangeDesignator() const { |
||
| 4969 | return InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator != 0; |
||
| 4970 | } |
||
| 4971 | void sawArrayRangeDesignator(bool ARD = true) { |
||
| 4972 | InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator = ARD; |
||
| 4973 | } |
||
| 4974 | |||
| 4975 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 4976 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 4977 | |||
| 4978 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 4979 | return T->getStmtClass() == InitListExprClass; |
||
| 4980 | } |
||
| 4981 | |||
| 4982 | // Iterators |
||
| 4983 | child_range children() { |
||
| 4984 | const_child_range CCR = const_cast<const InitListExpr *>(this)->children(); |
||
| 4985 | return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()), |
||
| 4986 | cast_away_const(CCR.end())); |
||
| 4987 | } |
||
| 4988 | |||
| 4989 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 4990 | // FIXME: This does not include the array filler expression. |
||
| 4991 | if (InitExprs.empty()) |
||
| 4992 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 4993 | return const_child_range(&InitExprs[0], &InitExprs[0] + InitExprs.size()); |
||
| 4994 | } |
||
| 4995 | |||
| 4996 | typedef InitExprsTy::iterator iterator; |
||
| 4997 | typedef InitExprsTy::const_iterator const_iterator; |
||
| 4998 | typedef InitExprsTy::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator; |
||
| 4999 | typedef InitExprsTy::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator; |
||
| 5000 | |||
| 5001 | iterator begin() { return InitExprs.begin(); } |
||
| 5002 | const_iterator begin() const { return InitExprs.begin(); } |
||
| 5003 | iterator end() { return InitExprs.end(); } |
||
| 5004 | const_iterator end() const { return InitExprs.end(); } |
||
| 5005 | reverse_iterator rbegin() { return InitExprs.rbegin(); } |
||
| 5006 | const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return InitExprs.rbegin(); } |
||
| 5007 | reverse_iterator rend() { return InitExprs.rend(); } |
||
| 5008 | const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return InitExprs.rend(); } |
||
| 5009 | |||
| 5010 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 5011 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 5012 | }; |
||
| 5013 | |||
| 5014 | /// Represents a C99 designated initializer expression. |
||
| 5015 | /// |
||
| 5016 | /// A designated initializer expression (C99 6.7.8) contains one or |
||
| 5017 | /// more designators (which can be field designators, array |
||
| 5018 | /// designators, or GNU array-range designators) followed by an |
||
| 5019 | /// expression that initializes the field or element(s) that the |
||
| 5020 | /// designators refer to. For example, given: |
||
| 5021 | /// |
||
| 5022 | /// @code |
||
| 5023 | /// struct point { |
||
| 5024 | /// double x; |
||
| 5025 | /// double y; |
||
| 5026 | /// }; |
||
| 5027 | /// struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y = 1.0, [2].x = 2.0, [0].x = 1.0 }; |
||
| 5028 | /// @endcode |
||
| 5029 | /// |
||
| 5030 | /// The InitListExpr contains three DesignatedInitExprs, the first of |
||
| 5031 | /// which covers @c [2].y=1.0. This DesignatedInitExpr will have two |
||
| 5032 | /// designators, one array designator for @c [2] followed by one field |
||
| 5033 | /// designator for @c .y. The initialization expression will be 1.0. |
||
| 5034 | class DesignatedInitExpr final |
||
| 5035 | : public Expr, |
||
| 5036 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DesignatedInitExpr, Stmt *> { |
||
| 5037 | public: |
||
| 5038 | /// Forward declaration of the Designator class. |
||
| 5039 | class Designator; |
||
| 5040 | |||
| 5041 | private: |
||
| 5042 | /// The location of the '=' or ':' prior to the actual initializer |
||
| 5043 | /// expression. |
||
| 5044 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc; |
||
| 5045 | |||
| 5046 | /// Whether this designated initializer used the GNU deprecated |
||
| 5047 | /// syntax rather than the C99 '=' syntax. |
||
| 5048 | unsigned GNUSyntax : 1; |
||
| 5049 | |||
| 5050 | /// The number of designators in this initializer expression. |
||
| 5051 | unsigned NumDesignators : 15; |
||
| 5052 | |||
| 5053 | /// The number of subexpressions of this initializer expression, |
||
| 5054 | /// which contains both the initializer and any additional |
||
| 5055 | /// expressions used by array and array-range designators. |
||
| 5056 | unsigned NumSubExprs : 16; |
||
| 5057 | |||
| 5058 | /// The designators in this designated initialization |
||
| 5059 | /// expression. |
||
| 5060 | Designator *Designators; |
||
| 5061 | |||
| 5062 | DesignatedInitExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType Ty, |
||
| 5063 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators, |
||
| 5064 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, bool GNUSyntax, |
||
| 5065 | ArrayRef<Expr *> IndexExprs, Expr *Init); |
||
| 5066 | |||
| 5067 | explicit DesignatedInitExpr(unsigned NumSubExprs) |
||
| 5068 | : Expr(DesignatedInitExprClass, EmptyShell()), |
||
| 5069 | NumDesignators(0), NumSubExprs(NumSubExprs), Designators(nullptr) { } |
||
| 5070 | |||
| 5071 | public: |
||
| 5072 | /// A field designator, e.g., ".x". |
||
| 5073 | struct FieldDesignator { |
||
| 5074 | /// Refers to the field that is being initialized. The low bit |
||
| 5075 | /// of this field determines whether this is actually a pointer |
||
| 5076 | /// to an IdentifierInfo (if 1) or a FieldDecl (if 0). When |
||
| 5077 | /// initially constructed, a field designator will store an |
||
| 5078 | /// IdentifierInfo*. After semantic analysis has resolved that |
||
| 5079 | /// name, the field designator will instead store a FieldDecl*. |
||
| 5080 | uintptr_t NameOrField; |
||
| 5081 | |||
| 5082 | /// The location of the '.' in the designated initializer. |
||
| 5083 | SourceLocation DotLoc; |
||
| 5084 | |||
| 5085 | /// The location of the field name in the designated initializer. |
||
| 5086 | SourceLocation FieldLoc; |
||
| 5087 | }; |
||
| 5088 | |||
| 5089 | /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]". |
||
| 5090 | struct ArrayOrRangeDesignator { |
||
| 5091 | /// Location of the first index expression within the designated |
||
| 5092 | /// initializer expression's list of subexpressions. |
||
| 5093 | unsigned Index; |
||
| 5094 | /// The location of the '[' starting the array range designator. |
||
| 5095 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc; |
||
| 5096 | /// The location of the ellipsis separating the start and end |
||
| 5097 | /// indices. Only valid for GNU array-range designators. |
||
| 5098 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
||
| 5099 | /// The location of the ']' terminating the array range designator. |
||
| 5100 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc; |
||
| 5101 | }; |
||
| 5102 | |||
| 5103 | /// Represents a single C99 designator. |
||
| 5104 | /// |
||
| 5105 | /// @todo This class is infuriatingly similar to clang::Designator, |
||
| 5106 | /// but minor differences (storing indices vs. storing pointers) |
||
| 5107 | /// keep us from reusing it. Try harder, later, to rectify these |
||
| 5108 | /// differences. |
||
| 5109 | class Designator { |
||
| 5110 | /// The kind of designator this describes. |
||
| 5111 | enum { |
||
| 5112 | FieldDesignator, |
||
| 5113 | ArrayDesignator, |
||
| 5114 | ArrayRangeDesignator |
||
| 5115 | } Kind; |
||
| 5116 | |||
| 5117 | union { |
||
| 5118 | /// A field designator, e.g., ".x". |
||
| 5119 | struct FieldDesignator Field; |
||
| 5120 | /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]". |
||
| 5121 | struct ArrayOrRangeDesignator ArrayOrRange; |
||
| 5122 | }; |
||
| 5123 | friend class DesignatedInitExpr; |
||
| 5124 | |||
| 5125 | public: |
||
| 5126 | Designator() {} |
||
| 5127 | |||
| 5128 | /// Initializes a field designator. |
||
| 5129 | Designator(const IdentifierInfo *FieldName, SourceLocation DotLoc, |
||
| 5130 | SourceLocation FieldLoc) |
||
| 5131 | : Kind(FieldDesignator) { |
||
| 5132 | new (&Field) DesignatedInitExpr::FieldDesignator; |
||
| 5133 | Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FieldName) | 0x01; |
||
| 5134 | Field.DotLoc = DotLoc; |
||
| 5135 | Field.FieldLoc = FieldLoc; |
||
| 5136 | } |
||
| 5137 | |||
| 5138 | /// Initializes an array designator. |
||
| 5139 | Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc, |
||
| 5140 | SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
||
| 5141 | : Kind(ArrayDesignator) { |
||
| 5142 | new (&ArrayOrRange) DesignatedInitExpr::ArrayOrRangeDesignator; |
||
| 5143 | ArrayOrRange.Index = Index; |
||
| 5144 | ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc; |
||
| 5145 | ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation(); |
||
| 5146 | ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc; |
||
| 5147 | } |
||
| 5148 | |||
| 5149 | /// Initializes a GNU array-range designator. |
||
| 5150 | Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc, |
||
| 5151 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, SourceLocation RBracketLoc) |
||
| 5152 | : Kind(ArrayRangeDesignator) { |
||
| 5153 | new (&ArrayOrRange) DesignatedInitExpr::ArrayOrRangeDesignator; |
||
| 5154 | ArrayOrRange.Index = Index; |
||
| 5155 | ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc; |
||
| 5156 | ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = EllipsisLoc; |
||
| 5157 | ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc; |
||
| 5158 | } |
||
| 5159 | |||
| 5160 | bool isFieldDesignator() const { return Kind == FieldDesignator; } |
||
| 5161 | bool isArrayDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayDesignator; } |
||
| 5162 | bool isArrayRangeDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator; } |
||
| 5163 | |||
| 5164 | IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const; |
||
| 5165 | |||
| 5166 | FieldDecl *getField() const { |
||
| 5167 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); |
||
| 5168 | if (Field.NameOrField & 0x01) |
||
| 5169 | return nullptr; |
||
| 5170 | else |
||
| 5171 | return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Field.NameOrField); |
||
| 5172 | } |
||
| 5173 | |||
| 5174 | void setField(FieldDecl *FD) { |
||
| 5175 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); |
||
| 5176 | Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FD); |
||
| 5177 | } |
||
| 5178 | |||
| 5179 | SourceLocation getDotLoc() const { |
||
| 5180 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); |
||
| 5181 | return Field.DotLoc; |
||
| 5182 | } |
||
| 5183 | |||
| 5184 | SourceLocation getFieldLoc() const { |
||
| 5185 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); |
||
| 5186 | return Field.FieldLoc; |
||
| 5187 | } |
||
| 5188 | |||
| 5189 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { |
||
| 5190 | assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) && |
||
| 5191 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator"); |
||
| 5192 | return ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc; |
||
| 5193 | } |
||
| 5194 | |||
| 5195 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { |
||
| 5196 | assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) && |
||
| 5197 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator"); |
||
| 5198 | return ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc; |
||
| 5199 | } |
||
| 5200 | |||
| 5201 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
||
| 5202 | assert(Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator && |
||
| 5203 | "Only valid on an array-range designator"); |
||
| 5204 | return ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc; |
||
| 5205 | } |
||
| 5206 | |||
| 5207 | unsigned getFirstExprIndex() const { |
||
| 5208 | assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) && |
||
| 5209 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator"); |
||
| 5210 | return ArrayOrRange.Index; |
||
| 5211 | } |
||
| 5212 | |||
| 5213 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5214 | if (Kind == FieldDesignator) |
||
| 5215 | return getDotLoc().isInvalid()? getFieldLoc() : getDotLoc(); |
||
| 5216 | else |
||
| 5217 | return getLBracketLoc(); |
||
| 5218 | } |
||
| 5219 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5220 | return Kind == FieldDesignator ? getFieldLoc() : getRBracketLoc(); |
||
| 5221 | } |
||
| 5222 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5223 | return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc()); |
||
| 5224 | } |
||
| 5225 | }; |
||
| 5226 | |||
| 5227 | static DesignatedInitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
||
| 5228 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators, |
||
| 5229 | ArrayRef<Expr*> IndexExprs, |
||
| 5230 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, |
||
| 5231 | bool GNUSyntax, Expr *Init); |
||
| 5232 | |||
| 5233 | static DesignatedInitExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, |
||
| 5234 | unsigned NumIndexExprs); |
||
| 5235 | |||
| 5236 | /// Returns the number of designators in this initializer. |
||
| 5237 | unsigned size() const { return NumDesignators; } |
||
| 5238 | |||
| 5239 | // Iterator access to the designators. |
||
| 5240 | llvm::MutableArrayRef<Designator> designators() { |
||
| 5241 | return {Designators, NumDesignators}; |
||
| 5242 | } |
||
| 5243 | |||
| 5244 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> designators() const { |
||
| 5245 | return {Designators, NumDesignators}; |
||
| 5246 | } |
||
| 5247 | |||
| 5248 | Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) { return &designators()[Idx]; } |
||
| 5249 | const Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) const { |
||
| 5250 | return &designators()[Idx]; |
||
| 5251 | } |
||
| 5252 | |||
| 5253 | void setDesignators(const ASTContext &C, const Designator *Desigs, |
||
| 5254 | unsigned NumDesigs); |
||
| 5255 | |||
| 5256 | Expr *getArrayIndex(const Designator &D) const; |
||
| 5257 | Expr *getArrayRangeStart(const Designator &D) const; |
||
| 5258 | Expr *getArrayRangeEnd(const Designator &D) const; |
||
| 5259 | |||
| 5260 | /// Retrieve the location of the '=' that precedes the |
||
| 5261 | /// initializer value itself, if present. |
||
| 5262 | SourceLocation getEqualOrColonLoc() const { return EqualOrColonLoc; } |
||
| 5263 | void setEqualOrColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { EqualOrColonLoc = L; } |
||
| 5264 | |||
| 5265 | /// Whether this designated initializer should result in direct-initialization |
||
| 5266 | /// of the designated subobject (eg, '{.foo{1, 2, 3}}'). |
||
| 5267 | bool isDirectInit() const { return EqualOrColonLoc.isInvalid(); } |
||
| 5268 | |||
| 5269 | /// Determines whether this designated initializer used the |
||
| 5270 | /// deprecated GNU syntax for designated initializers. |
||
| 5271 | bool usesGNUSyntax() const { return GNUSyntax; } |
||
| 5272 | void setGNUSyntax(bool GNU) { GNUSyntax = GNU; } |
||
| 5273 | |||
| 5274 | /// Retrieve the initializer value. |
||
| 5275 | Expr *getInit() const { |
||
| 5276 | return cast<Expr>(*const_cast<DesignatedInitExpr*>(this)->child_begin()); |
||
| 5277 | } |
||
| 5278 | |||
| 5279 | void setInit(Expr *init) { |
||
| 5280 | *child_begin() = init; |
||
| 5281 | } |
||
| 5282 | |||
| 5283 | /// Retrieve the total number of subexpressions in this |
||
| 5284 | /// designated initializer expression, including the actual |
||
| 5285 | /// initialized value and any expressions that occur within array |
||
| 5286 | /// and array-range designators. |
||
| 5287 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; } |
||
| 5288 | |||
| 5289 | Expr *getSubExpr(unsigned Idx) const { |
||
| 5290 | assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range"); |
||
| 5291 | return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx]); |
||
| 5292 | } |
||
| 5293 | |||
| 5294 | void setSubExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E) { |
||
| 5295 | assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range"); |
||
| 5296 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx] = E; |
||
| 5297 | } |
||
| 5298 | |||
| 5299 | /// Replaces the designator at index @p Idx with the series |
||
| 5300 | /// of designators in [First, Last). |
||
| 5301 | void ExpandDesignator(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Idx, |
||
| 5302 | const Designator *First, const Designator *Last); |
||
| 5303 | |||
| 5304 | SourceRange getDesignatorsSourceRange() const; |
||
| 5305 | |||
| 5306 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 5307 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 5308 | |||
| 5309 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 5310 | return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitExprClass; |
||
| 5311 | } |
||
| 5312 | |||
| 5313 | // Iterators |
||
| 5314 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5315 | Stmt **begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); |
||
| 5316 | return child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs); |
||
| 5317 | } |
||
| 5318 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5319 | Stmt * const *begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); |
||
| 5320 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs); |
||
| 5321 | } |
||
| 5322 | |||
| 5323 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 5324 | }; |
||
| 5325 | |||
| 5326 | /// Represents a place-holder for an object not to be initialized by |
||
| 5327 | /// anything. |
||
| 5328 | /// |
||
| 5329 | /// This only makes sense when it appears as part of an updater of a |
||
| 5330 | /// DesignatedInitUpdateExpr (see below). The base expression of a DIUE |
||
| 5331 | /// initializes a big object, and the NoInitExpr's mark the spots within the |
||
| 5332 | /// big object not to be overwritten by the updater. |
||
| 5333 | /// |
||
| 5334 | /// \see DesignatedInitUpdateExpr |
||
| 5335 | class NoInitExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 5336 | public: |
||
| 5337 | explicit NoInitExpr(QualType ty) |
||
| 5338 | : Expr(NoInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { |
||
| 5339 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 5340 | } |
||
| 5341 | |||
| 5342 | explicit NoInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 5343 | : Expr(NoInitExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 5344 | |||
| 5345 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 5346 | return T->getStmtClass() == NoInitExprClass; |
||
| 5347 | } |
||
| 5348 | |||
| 5349 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
||
| 5350 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
||
| 5351 | |||
| 5352 | // Iterators |
||
| 5353 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5354 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 5355 | } |
||
| 5356 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5357 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 5358 | } |
||
| 5359 | }; |
||
| 5360 | |||
| 5361 | // In cases like: |
||
| 5362 | // struct Q { int a, b, c; }; |
||
| 5363 | // Q *getQ(); |
||
| 5364 | // void foo() { |
||
| 5365 | // struct A { Q q; } a = { *getQ(), .q.b = 3 }; |
||
| 5366 | // } |
||
| 5367 | // |
||
| 5368 | // We will have an InitListExpr for a, with type A, and then a |
||
| 5369 | // DesignatedInitUpdateExpr for "a.q" with type Q. The "base" for this DIUE |
||
| 5370 | // is the call expression *getQ(); the "updater" for the DIUE is ".q.b = 3" |
||
| 5371 | // |
||
| 5372 | class DesignatedInitUpdateExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 5373 | // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] is the base expression; |
||
| 5374 | // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] is an InitListExpr overwriting part of the base. |
||
| 5375 | Stmt *BaseAndUpdaterExprs[2]; |
||
| 5376 | |||
| 5377 | public: |
||
| 5378 | DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lBraceLoc, |
||
| 5379 | Expr *baseExprs, SourceLocation rBraceLoc); |
||
| 5380 | |||
| 5381 | explicit DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 5382 | : Expr(DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 5383 | |||
| 5384 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 5385 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; |
||
| 5386 | |||
| 5387 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 5388 | return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass; |
||
| 5389 | } |
||
| 5390 | |||
| 5391 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0]); } |
||
| 5392 | void setBase(Expr *Base) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] = Base; } |
||
| 5393 | |||
| 5394 | InitListExpr *getUpdater() const { |
||
| 5395 | return cast<InitListExpr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1]); |
||
| 5396 | } |
||
| 5397 | void setUpdater(Expr *Updater) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] = Updater; } |
||
| 5398 | |||
| 5399 | // Iterators |
||
| 5400 | // children = the base and the updater |
||
| 5401 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5402 | return child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2); |
||
| 5403 | } |
||
| 5404 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5405 | return const_child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], |
||
| 5406 | &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2); |
||
| 5407 | } |
||
| 5408 | }; |
||
| 5409 | |||
| 5410 | /// Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array. |
||
| 5411 | /// |
||
| 5412 | /// The need to initialize the elements of an array occurs in a number of |
||
| 5413 | /// contexts: |
||
| 5414 | /// |
||
| 5415 | /// * in the implicit copy/move constructor for a class with an array member |
||
| 5416 | /// * when a lambda-expression captures an array by value |
||
| 5417 | /// * when a decomposition declaration decomposes an array |
||
| 5418 | /// |
||
| 5419 | /// There are two subexpressions: a common expression (the source array) |
||
| 5420 | /// that is evaluated once up-front, and a per-element initializer that |
||
| 5421 | /// runs once for each array element. |
||
| 5422 | /// |
||
| 5423 | /// Within the per-element initializer, the common expression may be referenced |
||
| 5424 | /// via an OpaqueValueExpr, and the current index may be obtained via an |
||
| 5425 | /// ArrayInitIndexExpr. |
||
| 5426 | class ArrayInitLoopExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 5427 | Stmt *SubExprs[2]; |
||
| 5428 | |||
| 5429 | explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 5430 | : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, Empty), SubExprs{} {} |
||
| 5431 | |||
| 5432 | public: |
||
| 5433 | explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(QualType T, Expr *CommonInit, Expr *ElementInit) |
||
| 5434 | : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), |
||
| 5435 | SubExprs{CommonInit, ElementInit} { |
||
| 5436 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 5437 | } |
||
| 5438 | |||
| 5439 | /// Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source |
||
| 5440 | /// array). |
||
| 5441 | OpaqueValueExpr *getCommonExpr() const { |
||
| 5442 | return cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SubExprs[0]); |
||
| 5443 | } |
||
| 5444 | |||
| 5445 | /// Get the initializer to use for each array element. |
||
| 5446 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[1]); } |
||
| 5447 | |||
| 5448 | llvm::APInt getArraySize() const { |
||
| 5449 | return cast<ConstantArrayType>(getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
||
| 5450 | ->getSize(); |
||
| 5451 | } |
||
| 5452 | |||
| 5453 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
||
| 5454 | return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitLoopExprClass; |
||
| 5455 | } |
||
| 5456 | |||
| 5457 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5458 | return getCommonExpr()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 5459 | } |
||
| 5460 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5461 | return getCommonExpr()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 5462 | } |
||
| 5463 | |||
| 5464 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5465 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); |
||
| 5466 | } |
||
| 5467 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5468 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); |
||
| 5469 | } |
||
| 5470 | |||
| 5471 | friend class ASTReader; |
||
| 5472 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 5473 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 5474 | }; |
||
| 5475 | |||
| 5476 | /// Represents the index of the current element of an array being |
||
| 5477 | /// initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr. This can only appear within the |
||
| 5478 | /// subexpression of an ArrayInitLoopExpr. |
||
| 5479 | class ArrayInitIndexExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 5480 | explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 5481 | : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 5482 | |||
| 5483 | public: |
||
| 5484 | explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(QualType T) |
||
| 5485 | : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { |
||
| 5486 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); |
||
| 5487 | } |
||
| 5488 | |||
| 5489 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { |
||
| 5490 | return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitIndexExprClass; |
||
| 5491 | } |
||
| 5492 | |||
| 5493 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
||
| 5494 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
||
| 5495 | |||
| 5496 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5497 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 5498 | } |
||
| 5499 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5500 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 5501 | } |
||
| 5502 | |||
| 5503 | friend class ASTReader; |
||
| 5504 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 5505 | }; |
||
| 5506 | |||
| 5507 | /// Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of |
||
| 5508 | /// an object of a given type. |
||
| 5509 | /// |
||
| 5510 | /// Implicit value initializations occur within semantic initializer |
||
| 5511 | /// list expressions (InitListExpr) as placeholders for subobject |
||
| 5512 | /// initializations not explicitly specified by the user. |
||
| 5513 | /// |
||
| 5514 | /// \see InitListExpr |
||
| 5515 | class ImplicitValueInitExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 5516 | public: |
||
| 5517 | explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(QualType ty) |
||
| 5518 | : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { |
||
| 5519 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 5520 | } |
||
| 5521 | |||
| 5522 | /// Construct an empty implicit value initialization. |
||
| 5523 | explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 5524 | : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 5525 | |||
| 5526 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 5527 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitValueInitExprClass; |
||
| 5528 | } |
||
| 5529 | |||
| 5530 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
||
| 5531 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } |
||
| 5532 | |||
| 5533 | // Iterators |
||
| 5534 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5535 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 5536 | } |
||
| 5537 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5538 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 5539 | } |
||
| 5540 | }; |
||
| 5541 | |||
| 5542 | class ParenListExpr final |
||
| 5543 | : public Expr, |
||
| 5544 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ParenListExpr, Stmt *> { |
||
| 5545 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 5546 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 5547 | |||
| 5548 | /// The location of the left and right parentheses. |
||
| 5549 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 5550 | |||
| 5551 | /// Build a paren list. |
||
| 5552 | ParenListExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, |
||
| 5553 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
||
| 5554 | |||
| 5555 | /// Build an empty paren list. |
||
| 5556 | ParenListExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumExprs); |
||
| 5557 | |||
| 5558 | public: |
||
| 5559 | /// Create a paren list. |
||
| 5560 | static ParenListExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
||
| 5561 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, |
||
| 5562 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
||
| 5563 | |||
| 5564 | /// Create an empty paren list. |
||
| 5565 | static ParenListExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumExprs); |
||
| 5566 | |||
| 5567 | /// Return the number of expressions in this paren list. |
||
| 5568 | unsigned getNumExprs() const { return ParenListExprBits.NumExprs; } |
||
| 5569 | |||
| 5570 | Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) { |
||
| 5571 | assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!"); |
||
| 5572 | return getExprs()[Init]; |
||
| 5573 | } |
||
| 5574 | |||
| 5575 | const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) const { |
||
| 5576 | return const_cast<ParenListExpr *>(this)->getExpr(Init); |
||
| 5577 | } |
||
| 5578 | |||
| 5579 | Expr **getExprs() { |
||
| 5580 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()); |
||
| 5581 | } |
||
| 5582 | |||
| 5583 | ArrayRef<Expr *> exprs() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getExprs(), getNumExprs()); } |
||
| 5584 | |||
| 5585 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } |
||
| 5586 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 5587 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLParenLoc(); } |
||
| 5588 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } |
||
| 5589 | |||
| 5590 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 5591 | return T->getStmtClass() == ParenListExprClass; |
||
| 5592 | } |
||
| 5593 | |||
| 5594 | // Iterators |
||
| 5595 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5596 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
||
| 5597 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs()); |
||
| 5598 | } |
||
| 5599 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5600 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
||
| 5601 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs()); |
||
| 5602 | } |
||
| 5603 | }; |
||
| 5604 | |||
| 5605 | /// Represents a C11 generic selection. |
||
| 5606 | /// |
||
| 5607 | /// A generic selection (C11 6.5.1.1) contains an unevaluated controlling |
||
| 5608 | /// expression, followed by one or more generic associations. Each generic |
||
| 5609 | /// association specifies a type name and an expression, or "default" and an |
||
| 5610 | /// expression (in which case it is known as a default generic association). |
||
| 5611 | /// The type and value of the generic selection are identical to those of its |
||
| 5612 | /// result expression, which is defined as the expression in the generic |
||
| 5613 | /// association with a type name that is compatible with the type of the |
||
| 5614 | /// controlling expression, or the expression in the default generic association |
||
| 5615 | /// if no types are compatible. For example: |
||
| 5616 | /// |
||
| 5617 | /// @code |
||
| 5618 | /// _Generic(X, double: 1, float: 2, default: 3) |
||
| 5619 | /// @endcode |
||
| 5620 | /// |
||
| 5621 | /// The above expression evaluates to 1 if 1.0 is substituted for X, 2 if 1.0f |
||
| 5622 | /// or 3 if "hello". |
||
| 5623 | /// |
||
| 5624 | /// As an extension, generic selections are allowed in C++, where the following |
||
| 5625 | /// additional semantics apply: |
||
| 5626 | /// |
||
| 5627 | /// Any generic selection whose controlling expression is type-dependent or |
||
| 5628 | /// which names a dependent type in its association list is result-dependent, |
||
| 5629 | /// which means that the choice of result expression is dependent. |
||
| 5630 | /// Result-dependent generic associations are both type- and value-dependent. |
||
| 5631 | class GenericSelectionExpr final |
||
| 5632 | : public Expr, |
||
| 5633 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<GenericSelectionExpr, Stmt *, |
||
| 5634 | TypeSourceInfo *> { |
||
| 5635 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 5636 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 5637 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 5638 | |||
| 5639 | /// The number of association expressions and the index of the result |
||
| 5640 | /// expression in the case where the generic selection expression is not |
||
| 5641 | /// result-dependent. The result index is equal to ResultDependentIndex |
||
| 5642 | /// if and only if the generic selection expression is result-dependent. |
||
| 5643 | unsigned NumAssocs, ResultIndex; |
||
| 5644 | enum : unsigned { |
||
| 5645 | ResultDependentIndex = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(), |
||
| 5646 | ControllingIndex = 0, |
||
| 5647 | AssocExprStartIndex = 1 |
||
| 5648 | }; |
||
| 5649 | |||
| 5650 | /// The location of the "default" and of the right parenthesis. |
||
| 5651 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 5652 | |||
| 5653 | // GenericSelectionExpr is followed by several trailing objects. |
||
| 5654 | // They are (in order): |
||
| 5655 | // |
||
| 5656 | // * A single Stmt * for the controlling expression. |
||
| 5657 | // * An array of getNumAssocs() Stmt * for the association expressions. |
||
| 5658 | // * An array of getNumAssocs() TypeSourceInfo *, one for each of the |
||
| 5659 | // association expressions. |
||
| 5660 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { |
||
| 5661 | // Add one to account for the controlling expression; the remainder |
||
| 5662 | // are the associated expressions. |
||
| 5663 | return 1 + getNumAssocs(); |
||
| 5664 | } |
||
| 5665 | |||
| 5666 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TypeSourceInfo *>) const { |
||
| 5667 | return getNumAssocs(); |
||
| 5668 | } |
||
| 5669 | |||
| 5670 | template <bool Const> class AssociationIteratorTy; |
||
| 5671 | /// Bundle together an association expression and its TypeSourceInfo. |
||
| 5672 | /// The Const template parameter is for the const and non-const versions |
||
| 5673 | /// of AssociationTy. |
||
| 5674 | template <bool Const> class AssociationTy { |
||
| 5675 | friend class GenericSelectionExpr; |
||
| 5676 | template <bool OtherConst> friend class AssociationIteratorTy; |
||
| 5677 | using ExprPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const Expr *, Expr *>; |
||
| 5678 | using TSIPtrTy = |
||
| 5679 | std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *, TypeSourceInfo *>; |
||
| 5680 | ExprPtrTy E; |
||
| 5681 | TSIPtrTy TSI; |
||
| 5682 | bool Selected; |
||
| 5683 | AssociationTy(ExprPtrTy E, TSIPtrTy TSI, bool Selected) |
||
| 5684 | : E(E), TSI(TSI), Selected(Selected) {} |
||
| 5685 | |||
| 5686 | public: |
||
| 5687 | ExprPtrTy getAssociationExpr() const { return E; } |
||
| 5688 | TSIPtrTy getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; } |
||
| 5689 | QualType getType() const { return TSI ? TSI->getType() : QualType(); } |
||
| 5690 | bool isSelected() const { return Selected; } |
||
| 5691 | AssociationTy *operator->() { return this; } |
||
| 5692 | const AssociationTy *operator->() const { return this; } |
||
| 5693 | }; // class AssociationTy |
||
| 5694 | |||
| 5695 | /// Iterator over const and non-const Association objects. The Association |
||
| 5696 | /// objects are created on the fly when the iterator is dereferenced. |
||
| 5697 | /// This abstract over how exactly the association expressions and the |
||
| 5698 | /// corresponding TypeSourceInfo * are stored. |
||
| 5699 | template <bool Const> |
||
| 5700 | class AssociationIteratorTy |
||
| 5701 | : public llvm::iterator_facade_base< |
||
| 5702 | AssociationIteratorTy<Const>, std::input_iterator_tag, |
||
| 5703 | AssociationTy<Const>, std::ptrdiff_t, AssociationTy<Const>, |
||
| 5704 | AssociationTy<Const>> { |
||
| 5705 | friend class GenericSelectionExpr; |
||
| 5706 | // FIXME: This iterator could conceptually be a random access iterator, and |
||
| 5707 | // it would be nice if we could strengthen the iterator category someday. |
||
| 5708 | // However this iterator does not satisfy two requirements of forward |
||
| 5709 | // iterators: |
||
| 5710 | // a) reference = T& or reference = const T& |
||
| 5711 | // b) If It1 and It2 are both dereferenceable, then It1 == It2 if and only |
||
| 5712 | // if *It1 and *It2 are bound to the same objects. |
||
| 5713 | // An alternative design approach was discussed during review; |
||
| 5714 | // store an Association object inside the iterator, and return a reference |
||
| 5715 | // to it when dereferenced. This idea was discarded beacuse of nasty |
||
| 5716 | // lifetime issues: |
||
| 5717 | // AssociationIterator It = ...; |
||
| 5718 | // const Association &Assoc = *It++; // Oops, Assoc is dangling. |
||
| 5719 | using BaseTy = typename AssociationIteratorTy::iterator_facade_base; |
||
| 5720 | using StmtPtrPtrTy = |
||
| 5721 | std::conditional_t<Const, const Stmt *const *, Stmt **>; |
||
| 5722 | using TSIPtrPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *const *, |
||
| 5723 | TypeSourceInfo **>; |
||
| 5724 | StmtPtrPtrTy E; // = nullptr; FIXME: Once support for gcc 4.8 is dropped. |
||
| 5725 | TSIPtrPtrTy TSI; // Kept in sync with E. |
||
| 5726 | unsigned Offset = 0, SelectedOffset = 0; |
||
| 5727 | AssociationIteratorTy(StmtPtrPtrTy E, TSIPtrPtrTy TSI, unsigned Offset, |
||
| 5728 | unsigned SelectedOffset) |
||
| 5729 | : E(E), TSI(TSI), Offset(Offset), SelectedOffset(SelectedOffset) {} |
||
| 5730 | |||
| 5731 | public: |
||
| 5732 | AssociationIteratorTy() : E(nullptr), TSI(nullptr) {} |
||
| 5733 | typename BaseTy::reference operator*() const { |
||
| 5734 | return AssociationTy<Const>(cast<Expr>(*E), *TSI, |
||
| 5735 | Offset == SelectedOffset); |
||
| 5736 | } |
||
| 5737 | typename BaseTy::pointer operator->() const { return **this; } |
||
| 5738 | using BaseTy::operator++; |
||
| 5739 | AssociationIteratorTy &operator++() { |
||
| 5740 | ++E; |
||
| 5741 | ++TSI; |
||
| 5742 | ++Offset; |
||
| 5743 | return *this; |
||
| 5744 | } |
||
| 5745 | bool operator==(AssociationIteratorTy Other) const { return E == Other.E; } |
||
| 5746 | }; // class AssociationIterator |
||
| 5747 | |||
| 5748 | /// Build a non-result-dependent generic selection expression. |
||
| 5749 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
||
| 5750 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
||
| 5751 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
||
| 5752 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
||
| 5753 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
||
| 5754 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
||
| 5755 | unsigned ResultIndex); |
||
| 5756 | |||
| 5757 | /// Build a result-dependent generic selection expression. |
||
| 5758 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
||
| 5759 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
||
| 5760 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
||
| 5761 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
||
| 5762 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
||
| 5763 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
||
| 5764 | |||
| 5765 | /// Build an empty generic selection expression for deserialization. |
||
| 5766 | explicit GenericSelectionExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumAssocs); |
||
| 5767 | |||
| 5768 | public: |
||
| 5769 | /// Create a non-result-dependent generic selection expression. |
||
| 5770 | static GenericSelectionExpr * |
||
| 5771 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
||
| 5772 | Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
||
| 5773 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
||
| 5774 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
||
| 5775 | unsigned ResultIndex); |
||
| 5776 | |||
| 5777 | /// Create a result-dependent generic selection expression. |
||
| 5778 | static GenericSelectionExpr * |
||
| 5779 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, |
||
| 5780 | Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, |
||
| 5781 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
||
| 5782 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
||
| 5783 | |||
| 5784 | /// Create an empty generic selection expression for deserialization. |
||
| 5785 | static GenericSelectionExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, |
||
| 5786 | unsigned NumAssocs); |
||
| 5787 | |||
| 5788 | using Association = AssociationTy<false>; |
||
| 5789 | using ConstAssociation = AssociationTy<true>; |
||
| 5790 | using AssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<false>; |
||
| 5791 | using ConstAssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<true>; |
||
| 5792 | using association_range = llvm::iterator_range<AssociationIterator>; |
||
| 5793 | using const_association_range = |
||
| 5794 | llvm::iterator_range<ConstAssociationIterator>; |
||
| 5795 | |||
| 5796 | /// The number of association expressions. |
||
| 5797 | unsigned getNumAssocs() const { return NumAssocs; } |
||
| 5798 | |||
| 5799 | /// The zero-based index of the result expression's generic association in |
||
| 5800 | /// the generic selection's association list. Defined only if the |
||
| 5801 | /// generic selection is not result-dependent. |
||
| 5802 | unsigned getResultIndex() const { |
||
| 5803 | assert(!isResultDependent() && |
||
| 5804 | "Generic selection is result-dependent but getResultIndex called!"); |
||
| 5805 | return ResultIndex; |
||
| 5806 | } |
||
| 5807 | |||
| 5808 | /// Whether this generic selection is result-dependent. |
||
| 5809 | bool isResultDependent() const { return ResultIndex == ResultDependentIndex; } |
||
| 5810 | |||
| 5811 | /// Return the controlling expression of this generic selection expression. |
||
| 5812 | Expr *getControllingExpr() { |
||
| 5813 | return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[ControllingIndex]); |
||
| 5814 | } |
||
| 5815 | const Expr *getControllingExpr() const { |
||
| 5816 | return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[ControllingIndex]); |
||
| 5817 | } |
||
| 5818 | |||
| 5819 | /// Return the result expression of this controlling expression. Defined if |
||
| 5820 | /// and only if the generic selection expression is not result-dependent. |
||
| 5821 | Expr *getResultExpr() { |
||
| 5822 | return cast<Expr>( |
||
| 5823 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + getResultIndex()]); |
||
| 5824 | } |
||
| 5825 | const Expr *getResultExpr() const { |
||
| 5826 | return cast<Expr>( |
||
| 5827 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + getResultIndex()]); |
||
| 5828 | } |
||
| 5829 | |||
| 5830 | ArrayRef<Expr *> getAssocExprs() const { |
||
| 5831 | return {reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
||
| 5832 | AssocExprStartIndex), |
||
| 5833 | NumAssocs}; |
||
| 5834 | } |
||
| 5835 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> getAssocTypeSourceInfos() const { |
||
| 5836 | return {getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), NumAssocs}; |
||
| 5837 | } |
||
| 5838 | |||
| 5839 | /// Return the Ith association expression with its TypeSourceInfo, |
||
| 5840 | /// bundled together in GenericSelectionExpr::(Const)Association. |
||
| 5841 | Association getAssociation(unsigned I) { |
||
| 5842 | assert(I < getNumAssocs() && |
||
| 5843 | "Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!"); |
||
| 5844 | return Association( |
||
| 5845 | cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + I]), |
||
| 5846 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[I], |
||
| 5847 | !isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I)); |
||
| 5848 | } |
||
| 5849 | ConstAssociation getAssociation(unsigned I) const { |
||
| 5850 | assert(I < getNumAssocs() && |
||
| 5851 | "Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!"); |
||
| 5852 | return ConstAssociation( |
||
| 5853 | cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + I]), |
||
| 5854 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[I], |
||
| 5855 | !isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I)); |
||
| 5856 | } |
||
| 5857 | |||
| 5858 | association_range associations() { |
||
| 5859 | AssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
||
| 5860 | AssocExprStartIndex, |
||
| 5861 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), |
||
| 5862 | /*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex); |
||
| 5863 | AssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs, |
||
| 5864 | /*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex); |
||
| 5865 | return llvm::make_range(Begin, End); |
||
| 5866 | } |
||
| 5867 | |||
| 5868 | const_association_range associations() const { |
||
| 5869 | ConstAssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
||
| 5870 | AssocExprStartIndex, |
||
| 5871 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), |
||
| 5872 | /*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex); |
||
| 5873 | ConstAssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs, |
||
| 5874 | /*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex); |
||
| 5875 | return llvm::make_range(Begin, End); |
||
| 5876 | } |
||
| 5877 | |||
| 5878 | SourceLocation getGenericLoc() const { |
||
| 5879 | return GenericSelectionExprBits.GenericLoc; |
||
| 5880 | } |
||
| 5881 | SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const { return DefaultLoc; } |
||
| 5882 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 5883 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getGenericLoc(); } |
||
| 5884 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } |
||
| 5885 | |||
| 5886 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 5887 | return T->getStmtClass() == GenericSelectionExprClass; |
||
| 5888 | } |
||
| 5889 | |||
| 5890 | child_range children() { |
||
| 5891 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
||
| 5892 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
||
| 5893 | numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>())); |
||
| 5894 | } |
||
| 5895 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5896 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), |
||
| 5897 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + |
||
| 5898 | numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>())); |
||
| 5899 | } |
||
| 5900 | }; |
||
| 5901 | |||
| 5902 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 5903 | // Clang Extensions |
||
| 5904 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
||
| 5905 | |||
| 5906 | /// ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a |
||
| 5907 | /// vector, and may occur on the left hand side or right hand side. For example |
||
| 5908 | /// the following is legal: "V.xy = V.zw" if V is a 4 element extended vector. |
||
| 5909 | /// |
||
| 5910 | /// Note that the base may have either vector or pointer to vector type, just |
||
| 5911 | /// like a struct field reference. |
||
| 5912 | /// |
||
| 5913 | class ExtVectorElementExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 5914 | Stmt *Base; |
||
| 5915 | IdentifierInfo *Accessor; |
||
| 5916 | SourceLocation AccessorLoc; |
||
| 5917 | public: |
||
| 5918 | ExtVectorElementExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *base, |
||
| 5919 | IdentifierInfo &accessor, SourceLocation loc) |
||
| 5920 | : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, ty, VK, |
||
| 5921 | (VK == VK_PRValue ? OK_Ordinary : OK_VectorComponent)), |
||
| 5922 | Base(base), Accessor(&accessor), AccessorLoc(loc) { |
||
| 5923 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 5924 | } |
||
| 5925 | |||
| 5926 | /// Build an empty vector element expression. |
||
| 5927 | explicit ExtVectorElementExpr(EmptyShell Empty) |
||
| 5928 | : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 5929 | |||
| 5930 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); } |
||
| 5931 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Base); } |
||
| 5932 | void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; } |
||
| 5933 | |||
| 5934 | IdentifierInfo &getAccessor() const { return *Accessor; } |
||
| 5935 | void setAccessor(IdentifierInfo *II) { Accessor = II; } |
||
| 5936 | |||
| 5937 | SourceLocation getAccessorLoc() const { return AccessorLoc; } |
||
| 5938 | void setAccessorLoc(SourceLocation L) { AccessorLoc = L; } |
||
| 5939 | |||
| 5940 | /// getNumElements - Get the number of components being selected. |
||
| 5941 | unsigned getNumElements() const; |
||
| 5942 | |||
| 5943 | /// containsDuplicateElements - Return true if any element access is |
||
| 5944 | /// repeated. |
||
| 5945 | bool containsDuplicateElements() const; |
||
| 5946 | |||
| 5947 | /// getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm |
||
| 5948 | /// aggregate Constant of ConstantInt(s). |
||
| 5949 | void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl<uint32_t> &Elts) const; |
||
| 5950 | |||
| 5951 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5952 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 5953 | } |
||
| 5954 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AccessorLoc; } |
||
| 5955 | |||
| 5956 | /// isArrow - Return true if the base expression is a pointer to vector, |
||
| 5957 | /// return false if the base expression is a vector. |
||
| 5958 | bool isArrow() const; |
||
| 5959 | |||
| 5960 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 5961 | return T->getStmtClass() == ExtVectorElementExprClass; |
||
| 5962 | } |
||
| 5963 | |||
| 5964 | // Iterators |
||
| 5965 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); } |
||
| 5966 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 5967 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); |
||
| 5968 | } |
||
| 5969 | }; |
||
| 5970 | |||
| 5971 | /// BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions. |
||
| 5972 | /// ^{ statement-body } or ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body } |
||
| 5973 | class BlockExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 5974 | protected: |
||
| 5975 | BlockDecl *TheBlock; |
||
| 5976 | public: |
||
| 5977 | BlockExpr(BlockDecl *BD, QualType ty) |
||
| 5978 | : Expr(BlockExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TheBlock(BD) { |
||
| 5979 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 5980 | } |
||
| 5981 | |||
| 5982 | /// Build an empty block expression. |
||
| 5983 | explicit BlockExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BlockExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 5984 | |||
| 5985 | const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const { return TheBlock; } |
||
| 5986 | BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() { return TheBlock; } |
||
| 5987 | void setBlockDecl(BlockDecl *BD) { TheBlock = BD; } |
||
| 5988 | |||
| 5989 | // Convenience functions for probing the underlying BlockDecl. |
||
| 5990 | SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const; |
||
| 5991 | const Stmt *getBody() const; |
||
| 5992 | Stmt *getBody(); |
||
| 5993 | |||
| 5994 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5995 | return getCaretLocation(); |
||
| 5996 | } |
||
| 5997 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 5998 | return getBody()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 5999 | } |
||
| 6000 | |||
| 6001 | /// getFunctionType - Return the underlying function type for this block. |
||
| 6002 | const FunctionProtoType *getFunctionType() const; |
||
| 6003 | |||
| 6004 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 6005 | return T->getStmtClass() == BlockExprClass; |
||
| 6006 | } |
||
| 6007 | |||
| 6008 | // Iterators |
||
| 6009 | child_range children() { |
||
| 6010 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 6011 | } |
||
| 6012 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 6013 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 6014 | } |
||
| 6015 | }; |
||
| 6016 | |||
| 6017 | /// Copy initialization expr of a __block variable and a boolean flag that |
||
| 6018 | /// indicates whether the expression can throw. |
||
| 6019 | struct BlockVarCopyInit { |
||
| 6020 | BlockVarCopyInit() = default; |
||
| 6021 | BlockVarCopyInit(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow) |
||
| 6022 | : ExprAndFlag(CopyExpr, CanThrow) {} |
||
| 6023 | void setExprAndFlag(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow) { |
||
| 6024 | ExprAndFlag.setPointerAndInt(CopyExpr, CanThrow); |
||
| 6025 | } |
||
| 6026 | Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return ExprAndFlag.getPointer(); } |
||
| 6027 | bool canThrow() const { return ExprAndFlag.getInt(); } |
||
| 6028 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> ExprAndFlag; |
||
| 6029 | }; |
||
| 6030 | |||
| 6031 | /// AsTypeExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_astype [OpenCL 6.2.4.2] |
||
| 6032 | /// This AST node provides support for reinterpreting a type to another |
||
| 6033 | /// type of the same size. |
||
| 6034 | class AsTypeExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 6035 | private: |
||
| 6036 | Stmt *SrcExpr; |
||
| 6037 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 6038 | |||
| 6039 | friend class ASTReader; |
||
| 6040 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 6041 | explicit AsTypeExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, Empty) {} |
||
| 6042 | |||
| 6043 | public: |
||
| 6044 | AsTypeExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, QualType DstType, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 6045 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
||
| 6046 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) |
||
| 6047 | : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr), |
||
| 6048 | BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { |
||
| 6049 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); |
||
| 6050 | } |
||
| 6051 | |||
| 6052 | /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted. |
||
| 6053 | Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); } |
||
| 6054 | |||
| 6055 | /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_astype token. |
||
| 6056 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 6057 | |||
| 6058 | /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis. |
||
| 6059 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 6060 | |||
| 6061 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 6062 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 6063 | |||
| 6064 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 6065 | return T->getStmtClass() == AsTypeExprClass; |
||
| 6066 | } |
||
| 6067 | |||
| 6068 | // Iterators |
||
| 6069 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); } |
||
| 6070 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 6071 | return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1); |
||
| 6072 | } |
||
| 6073 | }; |
||
| 6074 | |||
| 6075 | /// PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object |
||
| 6076 | /// l-value. A pseudo-object is an abstract object, accesses to which |
||
| 6077 | /// are translated to calls. The pseudo-object expression has a |
||
| 6078 | /// syntactic form, which shows how the expression was actually |
||
| 6079 | /// written in the source code, and a semantic form, which is a series |
||
| 6080 | /// of expressions to be executed in order which detail how the |
||
| 6081 | /// operation is actually evaluated. Optionally, one of the semantic |
||
| 6082 | /// forms may also provide a result value for the expression. |
||
| 6083 | /// |
||
| 6084 | /// If any of the semantic-form expressions is an OpaqueValueExpr, |
||
| 6085 | /// that OVE is required to have a source expression, and it is bound |
||
| 6086 | /// to the result of that source expression. Such OVEs may appear |
||
| 6087 | /// only in subsequent semantic-form expressions and as |
||
| 6088 | /// sub-expressions of the syntactic form. |
||
| 6089 | /// |
||
| 6090 | /// PseudoObjectExpr should be used only when an operation can be |
||
| 6091 | /// usefully described in terms of fairly simple rewrite rules on |
||
| 6092 | /// objects and functions that are meant to be used by end-developers. |
||
| 6093 | /// For example, under the Itanium ABI, dynamic casts are implemented |
||
| 6094 | /// as a call to a runtime function called __dynamic_cast; using this |
||
| 6095 | /// class to describe that would be inappropriate because that call is |
||
| 6096 | /// not really part of the user-visible semantics, and instead the |
||
| 6097 | /// cast is properly reflected in the AST and IR-generation has been |
||
| 6098 | /// taught to generate the call as necessary. In contrast, an |
||
| 6099 | /// Objective-C property access is semantically defined to be |
||
| 6100 | /// equivalent to a particular message send, and this is very much |
||
| 6101 | /// part of the user model. The name of this class encourages this |
||
| 6102 | /// modelling design. |
||
| 6103 | class PseudoObjectExpr final |
||
| 6104 | : public Expr, |
||
| 6105 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PseudoObjectExpr, Expr *> { |
||
| 6106 | // PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs - The number of sub-expressions. |
||
| 6107 | // Always at least two, because the first sub-expression is the |
||
| 6108 | // syntactic form. |
||
| 6109 | |||
| 6110 | // PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - The index of the |
||
| 6111 | // sub-expression holding the result. 0 means the result is void, |
||
| 6112 | // which is unambiguous because it's the index of the syntactic |
||
| 6113 | // form. Note that this is therefore 1 higher than the value passed |
||
| 6114 | // in to Create, which is an index within the semantic forms. |
||
| 6115 | // Note also that ASTStmtWriter assumes this encoding. |
||
| 6116 | |||
| 6117 | Expr **getSubExprsBuffer() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); } |
||
| 6118 | const Expr * const *getSubExprsBuffer() const { |
||
| 6119 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
||
| 6120 | } |
||
| 6121 | |||
| 6122 | PseudoObjectExpr(QualType type, ExprValueKind VK, |
||
| 6123 | Expr *syntactic, ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic, |
||
| 6124 | unsigned resultIndex); |
||
| 6125 | |||
| 6126 | PseudoObjectExpr(EmptyShell shell, unsigned numSemanticExprs); |
||
| 6127 | |||
| 6128 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { |
||
| 6129 | return PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs; |
||
| 6130 | } |
||
| 6131 | |||
| 6132 | public: |
||
| 6133 | /// NoResult - A value for the result index indicating that there is |
||
| 6134 | /// no semantic result. |
||
| 6135 | enum : unsigned { NoResult = ~0U }; |
||
| 6136 | |||
| 6137 | static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *syntactic, |
||
| 6138 | ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic, |
||
| 6139 | unsigned resultIndex); |
||
| 6140 | |||
| 6141 | static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, EmptyShell shell, |
||
| 6142 | unsigned numSemanticExprs); |
||
| 6143 | |||
| 6144 | /// Return the syntactic form of this expression, i.e. the |
||
| 6145 | /// expression it actually looks like. Likely to be expressed in |
||
| 6146 | /// terms of OpaqueValueExprs bound in the semantic form. |
||
| 6147 | Expr *getSyntacticForm() { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; } |
||
| 6148 | const Expr *getSyntacticForm() const { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; } |
||
| 6149 | |||
| 6150 | /// Return the index of the result-bearing expression into the semantics |
||
| 6151 | /// expressions, or PseudoObjectExpr::NoResult if there is none. |
||
| 6152 | unsigned getResultExprIndex() const { |
||
| 6153 | if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) return NoResult; |
||
| 6154 | return PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - 1; |
||
| 6155 | } |
||
| 6156 | |||
| 6157 | /// Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none. |
||
| 6158 | Expr *getResultExpr() { |
||
| 6159 | if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) |
||
| 6160 | return nullptr; |
||
| 6161 | return getSubExprsBuffer()[PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex]; |
||
| 6162 | } |
||
| 6163 | const Expr *getResultExpr() const { |
||
| 6164 | return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getResultExpr(); |
||
| 6165 | } |
||
| 6166 | |||
| 6167 | unsigned getNumSemanticExprs() const { return getNumSubExprs() - 1; } |
||
| 6168 | |||
| 6169 | typedef Expr * const *semantics_iterator; |
||
| 6170 | typedef const Expr * const *const_semantics_iterator; |
||
| 6171 | semantics_iterator semantics_begin() { |
||
| 6172 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1; |
||
| 6173 | } |
||
| 6174 | const_semantics_iterator semantics_begin() const { |
||
| 6175 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1; |
||
| 6176 | } |
||
| 6177 | semantics_iterator semantics_end() { |
||
| 6178 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs(); |
||
| 6179 | } |
||
| 6180 | const_semantics_iterator semantics_end() const { |
||
| 6181 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs(); |
||
| 6182 | } |
||
| 6183 | |||
| 6184 | llvm::iterator_range<semantics_iterator> semantics() { |
||
| 6185 | return llvm::make_range(semantics_begin(), semantics_end()); |
||
| 6186 | } |
||
| 6187 | llvm::iterator_range<const_semantics_iterator> semantics() const { |
||
| 6188 | return llvm::make_range(semantics_begin(), semantics_end()); |
||
| 6189 | } |
||
| 6190 | |||
| 6191 | Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) { |
||
| 6192 | assert(index + 1 < getNumSubExprs()); |
||
| 6193 | return getSubExprsBuffer()[index + 1]; |
||
| 6194 | } |
||
| 6195 | const Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) const { |
||
| 6196 | return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getSemanticExpr(index); |
||
| 6197 | } |
||
| 6198 | |||
| 6199 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 6200 | return getSyntacticForm()->getExprLoc(); |
||
| 6201 | } |
||
| 6202 | |||
| 6203 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 6204 | return getSyntacticForm()->getBeginLoc(); |
||
| 6205 | } |
||
| 6206 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { |
||
| 6207 | return getSyntacticForm()->getEndLoc(); |
||
| 6208 | } |
||
| 6209 | |||
| 6210 | child_range children() { |
||
| 6211 | const_child_range CCR = |
||
| 6212 | const_cast<const PseudoObjectExpr *>(this)->children(); |
||
| 6213 | return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()), |
||
| 6214 | cast_away_const(CCR.end())); |
||
| 6215 | } |
||
| 6216 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 6217 | Stmt *const *cs = const_cast<Stmt *const *>( |
||
| 6218 | reinterpret_cast<const Stmt *const *>(getSubExprsBuffer())); |
||
| 6219 | return const_child_range(cs, cs + getNumSubExprs()); |
||
| 6220 | } |
||
| 6221 | |||
| 6222 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 6223 | return T->getStmtClass() == PseudoObjectExprClass; |
||
| 6224 | } |
||
| 6225 | |||
| 6226 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 6227 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 6228 | }; |
||
| 6229 | |||
| 6230 | /// AtomicExpr - Variadic atomic builtins: __atomic_exchange, __atomic_fetch_*, |
||
| 6231 | /// __atomic_load, __atomic_store, and __atomic_compare_exchange_*, for the |
||
| 6232 | /// similarly-named C++11 instructions, and __c11 variants for <stdatomic.h>, |
||
| 6233 | /// and corresponding __opencl_atomic_* for OpenCL 2.0. |
||
| 6234 | /// All of these instructions take one primary pointer, at least one memory |
||
| 6235 | /// order. The instructions for which getScopeModel returns non-null value |
||
| 6236 | /// take one synch scope. |
||
| 6237 | class AtomicExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 6238 | public: |
||
| 6239 | enum AtomicOp { |
||
| 6240 | #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) |
||
| 6241 | #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) AO ## ID, |
||
| 6242 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def" |
||
| 6243 | // Avoid trailing comma |
||
| 6244 | BI_First = 0 |
||
| 6245 | }; |
||
| 6246 | |||
| 6247 | private: |
||
| 6248 | /// Location of sub-expressions. |
||
| 6249 | /// The location of Scope sub-expression is NumSubExprs - 1, which is |
||
| 6250 | /// not fixed, therefore is not defined in enum. |
||
| 6251 | enum { PTR, ORDER, VAL1, ORDER_FAIL, VAL2, WEAK, END_EXPR }; |
||
| 6252 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR + 1]; |
||
| 6253 | unsigned NumSubExprs; |
||
| 6254 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; |
||
| 6255 | AtomicOp Op; |
||
| 6256 | |||
| 6257 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 6258 | public: |
||
| 6259 | AtomicExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t, |
||
| 6260 | AtomicOp op, SourceLocation RP); |
||
| 6261 | |||
| 6262 | /// Determine the number of arguments the specified atomic builtin |
||
| 6263 | /// should have. |
||
| 6264 | static unsigned getNumSubExprs(AtomicOp Op); |
||
| 6265 | |||
| 6266 | /// Build an empty AtomicExpr. |
||
| 6267 | explicit AtomicExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AtomicExprClass, Empty) { } |
||
| 6268 | |||
| 6269 | Expr *getPtr() const { |
||
| 6270 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[PTR]); |
||
| 6271 | } |
||
| 6272 | Expr *getOrder() const { |
||
| 6273 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]); |
||
| 6274 | } |
||
| 6275 | Expr *getScope() const { |
||
| 6276 | assert(getScopeModel() && "No scope"); |
||
| 6277 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[NumSubExprs - 1]); |
||
| 6278 | } |
||
| 6279 | Expr *getVal1() const { |
||
| 6280 | if (Op == AO__c11_atomic_init || Op == AO__opencl_atomic_init) |
||
| 6281 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]); |
||
| 6282 | assert(NumSubExprs > VAL1); |
||
| 6283 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL1]); |
||
| 6284 | } |
||
| 6285 | Expr *getOrderFail() const { |
||
| 6286 | assert(NumSubExprs > ORDER_FAIL); |
||
| 6287 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]); |
||
| 6288 | } |
||
| 6289 | Expr *getVal2() const { |
||
| 6290 | if (Op == AO__atomic_exchange) |
||
| 6291 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]); |
||
| 6292 | assert(NumSubExprs > VAL2); |
||
| 6293 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL2]); |
||
| 6294 | } |
||
| 6295 | Expr *getWeak() const { |
||
| 6296 | assert(NumSubExprs > WEAK); |
||
| 6297 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[WEAK]); |
||
| 6298 | } |
||
| 6299 | QualType getValueType() const; |
||
| 6300 | |||
| 6301 | AtomicOp getOp() const { return Op; } |
||
| 6302 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; } |
||
| 6303 | |||
| 6304 | Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); } |
||
| 6305 | const Expr * const *getSubExprs() const { |
||
| 6306 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(SubExprs); |
||
| 6307 | } |
||
| 6308 | |||
| 6309 | bool isVolatile() const { |
||
| 6310 | return getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified(); |
||
| 6311 | } |
||
| 6312 | |||
| 6313 | bool isCmpXChg() const { |
||
| 6314 | return getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || |
||
| 6315 | getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || |
||
| 6316 | getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || |
||
| 6317 | getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || |
||
| 6318 | getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || |
||
| 6319 | getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || |
||
| 6320 | getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange || |
||
| 6321 | getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n; |
||
| 6322 | } |
||
| 6323 | |||
| 6324 | bool isOpenCL() const { |
||
| 6325 | return getOp() >= AO__opencl_atomic_init && |
||
| 6326 | getOp() <= AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max; |
||
| 6327 | } |
||
| 6328 | |||
| 6329 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 6330 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 6331 | |||
| 6332 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } |
||
| 6333 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } |
||
| 6334 | |||
| 6335 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 6336 | return T->getStmtClass() == AtomicExprClass; |
||
| 6337 | } |
||
| 6338 | |||
| 6339 | // Iterators |
||
| 6340 | child_range children() { |
||
| 6341 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+NumSubExprs); |
||
| 6342 | } |
||
| 6343 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 6344 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NumSubExprs); |
||
| 6345 | } |
||
| 6346 | |||
| 6347 | /// Get atomic scope model for the atomic op code. |
||
| 6348 | /// \return empty atomic scope model if the atomic op code does not have |
||
| 6349 | /// scope operand. |
||
| 6350 | static std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel(AtomicOp Op) { |
||
| 6351 | auto Kind = |
||
| 6352 | (Op >= AO__opencl_atomic_load && Op <= AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max) |
||
| 6353 | ? AtomicScopeModelKind::OpenCL |
||
| 6354 | : (Op >= AO__hip_atomic_load && Op <= AO__hip_atomic_fetch_max) |
||
| 6355 | ? AtomicScopeModelKind::HIP |
||
| 6356 | : AtomicScopeModelKind::None; |
||
| 6357 | return AtomicScopeModel::create(Kind); |
||
| 6358 | } |
||
| 6359 | |||
| 6360 | /// Get atomic scope model. |
||
| 6361 | /// \return empty atomic scope model if this atomic expression does not have |
||
| 6362 | /// scope operand. |
||
| 6363 | std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel() const { |
||
| 6364 | return getScopeModel(getOp()); |
||
| 6365 | } |
||
| 6366 | }; |
||
| 6367 | |||
| 6368 | /// TypoExpr - Internal placeholder for expressions where typo correction |
||
| 6369 | /// still needs to be performed and/or an error diagnostic emitted. |
||
| 6370 | class TypoExpr : public Expr { |
||
| 6371 | // The location for the typo name. |
||
| 6372 | SourceLocation TypoLoc; |
||
| 6373 | |||
| 6374 | public: |
||
| 6375 | TypoExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation TypoLoc) |
||
| 6376 | : Expr(TypoExprClass, T, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), TypoLoc(TypoLoc) { |
||
| 6377 | assert(T->isDependentType() && "TypoExpr given a non-dependent type"); |
||
| 6378 | setDependence(ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation | |
||
| 6379 | ExprDependence::Error); |
||
| 6380 | } |
||
| 6381 | |||
| 6382 | child_range children() { |
||
| 6383 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); |
||
| 6384 | } |
||
| 6385 | const_child_range children() const { |
||
| 6386 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); |
||
| 6387 | } |
||
| 6388 | |||
| 6389 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; } |
||
| 6390 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; } |
||
| 6391 | |||
| 6392 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 6393 | return T->getStmtClass() == TypoExprClass; |
||
| 6394 | } |
||
| 6395 | |||
| 6396 | }; |
||
| 6397 | |||
| 6398 | /// Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating |
||
| 6399 | /// other well-formed expressions. E.g. when type-checking of a binary operator |
||
| 6400 | /// fails, we cannot produce a BinaryOperator expression. Instead, we can choose |
||
| 6401 | /// to produce a recovery expression storing left and right operands. |
||
| 6402 | /// |
||
| 6403 | /// RecoveryExpr does not have any semantic meaning in C++, it is only useful to |
||
| 6404 | /// preserve expressions in AST that would otherwise be dropped. It captures |
||
| 6405 | /// subexpressions of some expression that we could not construct and source |
||
| 6406 | /// range covered by the expression. |
||
| 6407 | /// |
||
| 6408 | /// By default, RecoveryExpr uses dependence-bits to take advantage of existing |
||
| 6409 | /// machinery to deal with dependent code in C++, e.g. RecoveryExpr is preserved |
||
| 6410 | /// in `decltype(<broken-expr>)` as part of the `DependentDecltypeType`. In |
||
| 6411 | /// addition to that, clang does not report most errors on dependent |
||
| 6412 | /// expressions, so we get rid of bogus errors for free. However, note that |
||
| 6413 | /// unlike other dependent expressions, RecoveryExpr can be produced in |
||
| 6414 | /// non-template contexts. |
||
| 6415 | /// |
||
| 6416 | /// We will preserve the type in RecoveryExpr when the type is known, e.g. |
||
| 6417 | /// preserving the return type for a broken non-overloaded function call, a |
||
| 6418 | /// overloaded call where all candidates have the same return type. In this |
||
| 6419 | /// case, the expression is not type-dependent (unless the known type is itself |
||
| 6420 | /// dependent) |
||
| 6421 | /// |
||
| 6422 | /// One can also reliably suppress all bogus errors on expressions containing |
||
| 6423 | /// recovery expressions by examining results of Expr::containsErrors(). |
||
| 6424 | class RecoveryExpr final : public Expr, |
||
| 6425 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<RecoveryExpr, Expr *> { |
||
| 6426 | public: |
||
| 6427 | static RecoveryExpr *Create(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, |
||
| 6428 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
||
| 6429 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs); |
||
| 6430 | static RecoveryExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumSubExprs); |
||
| 6431 | |||
| 6432 | ArrayRef<Expr *> subExpressions() { |
||
| 6433 | auto *B = getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
||
| 6434 | return llvm::ArrayRef(B, B + NumExprs); |
||
| 6435 | } |
||
| 6436 | |||
| 6437 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> subExpressions() const { |
||
| 6438 | return const_cast<RecoveryExpr *>(this)->subExpressions(); |
||
| 6439 | } |
||
| 6440 | |||
| 6441 | child_range children() { |
||
| 6442 | Stmt **B = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); |
||
| 6443 | return child_range(B, B + NumExprs); |
||
| 6444 | } |
||
| 6445 | |||
| 6446 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BeginLoc; } |
||
| 6447 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return EndLoc; } |
||
| 6448 | |||
| 6449 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { |
||
| 6450 | return T->getStmtClass() == RecoveryExprClass; |
||
| 6451 | } |
||
| 6452 | |||
| 6453 | private: |
||
| 6454 | RecoveryExpr(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, SourceLocation BeginLoc, |
||
| 6455 | SourceLocation EndLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs); |
||
| 6456 | RecoveryExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumSubExprs) |
||
| 6457 | : Expr(RecoveryExprClass, Empty), NumExprs(NumSubExprs) {} |
||
| 6458 | |||
| 6459 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { return NumExprs; } |
||
| 6460 | |||
| 6461 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, EndLoc; |
||
| 6462 | unsigned NumExprs; |
||
| 6463 | friend TrailingObjects; |
||
| 6464 | friend class ASTStmtReader; |
||
| 6465 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; |
||
| 6466 | }; |
||
| 6467 | |||
| 6468 | } // end namespace clang |
||
| 6469 | |||
| 6470 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H |